WO2025208598A1 - Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication device - Google Patents
Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication deviceInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025208598A1 WO2025208598A1 PCT/CN2024/086217 CN2024086217W WO2025208598A1 WO 2025208598 A1 WO2025208598 A1 WO 2025208598A1 CN 2024086217 W CN2024086217 W CN 2024086217W WO 2025208598 A1 WO2025208598 A1 WO 2025208598A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- csi
- resources
- resource
- antenna ports
- user equipment
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W24/00—Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
- H04W24/10—Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
Definitions
- the present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) and a wireless communication device.
- CSI channel state information
- MIMO technology is one of the key technologies for improving network capacity.
- MIMO technology tends to adopt larger-scale antenna arrays.
- antenna arrays in the mainstream market for 5G intermediate frequency bands are gradually expanding. More transmit and receive RF channels can provide more vertical degrees of freedom and greater antenna gain.
- the maximum number of 32 antenna ports supported by a single CSI-RS resource in the existing technology cannot meet the demand. Therefore, it is necessary to propose a channel state information measurement and reporting method and wireless communication device for more antenna ports to improve the problems of the existing technology and other issues.
- the technical problem to be solved by the present disclosure is to provide a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) in response to the above-mentioned defects of the prior art, aiming to solve the problem in the prior art that CSI measurement and reporting cannot support a larger number of antenna ports.
- CSI channel state information
- CSI channel state information
- CSI is calculated and reported.
- a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed on a user equipment.
- the method includes:
- channel state information CSI is calculated and reported.
- a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed on a user equipment.
- the method includes:
- channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into a plurality of CSI-RS resource groups;
- At least one channel state information CSI reporting instance is reported, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
- a method for measuring and reporting channel state information is provided, which is executed by a base station.
- the method includes:
- Sending first indication information and second indication information wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- the receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
- a method for measuring and reporting channel state information is provided, which is executed by a base station.
- the method includes:
- the receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
- a method for measuring and reporting channel state information is provided, which is executed by a base station.
- the method includes:
- At least one channel state information (CSI) reporting instance is received, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the plurality of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
- CSI channel state information
- the receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
- a wireless communication device comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to perform the steps in the data processing method as described in any one of the above items.
- the user equipment receives the antenna ports corresponding to several channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resources or the number of antenna ports corresponding to several CSI-RS resources selected in the first indication information, and the user equipment determines the antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and can select the antenna port in advance. Then, the user equipment calculates the CSI and reports the CSI based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and receives the second indication information for indicating supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, thereby reducing the overhead of the user equipment in selecting and reporting, and reducing the computational complexity of the user equipment.
- FIG2 illustrates one of the schematic diagrams of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- CSI channel state information
- FIG3 illustrates a second schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- FIG4 illustrates a third schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- FIG5 illustrates a fourth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- FIG6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a combination of antenna parameters used for channel state information interference measurement provided by the present disclosure.
- FIG7 illustrates a fifth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- FIG8 illustrates a sixth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- FIG9 is a schematic diagram illustrating the mapping relationship between resources and ports provided by the present disclosure.
- FIG10 illustrates an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system provided by the present disclosure.
- a or B may mean “only A,” “only B,” or “both A and B.”
- a or B may be interpreted as “A and/or B.”
- A, B or C may mean “only A,” “only B,” “only C,” or "any combination of A, B, and C.”
- “at least one of A and B” may mean “only A”, “only B”, or “both A and B”.
- the expression “at least one of A or B” or “at least one of A and/or B” may be interpreted as “at least one of A and B”.
- “at least one of A, B, and C” may mean “only A,” “only B,” “only C,” or “any combination of A, B, and C.”
- “at least one of A, B, or C” or “at least one of A, B, and/or C” may mean “at least one of A, B, and C.”
- first and second are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the number of technical features being referred to. Thus, a feature defined as “first” or “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the described features.
- plural means two or more, unless otherwise specifically defined.
- the wireless communication system 100 may include a base station 110, which may be a device that communicates with a user equipment 120 (User Equipment, UE).
- the base station 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and may communicate with user equipment located within the coverage area.
- the base station 110 may be an evolved base station (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or the base station may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network, or a base station in a future communication system.
- eNB evolved base station
- eNodeB evolved base station
- the base station may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network,
- the wireless communication system 100 also includes at least one user equipment 120 located within the coverage area of the base station 110.
- user equipment includes, but is not limited to, a device configured to receive/send communication signals via a wired connection, such as via a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), a digital cable, a direct cable connection; and/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, such as for a cellular network, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), a digital television network such as a DVB-H network, a satellite network, an AM-FM broadcast transmitter; and/or another user equipment; and/or an Internet of Things (IoT) device.
- PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network
- DSL Digital Subscriber Line
- WLAN Wireless Local Area Network
- IoT Internet of Things
- Wireless communication user equipment configured to communicate via a wireless interface
- mobile user equipment include, but are not limited to, satellite or cellular phones; Personal Communications System (PCS) user equipment that may combine a cellular radio telephone with data processing, fax, and data communication capabilities; and mobile devices that may include radio telephones, search engines, and other similar devices.
- PCS Personal Communications System
- GPS Global Positioning System
- User equipment may refer to an access user device, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote user device, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, or a user agent.
- An access user device may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a user device in a 5G network, or a user device in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
- SIP Session Initiation Protocol
- WLL Wireless Local Loop
- PDA Personal Digital Assistant
- user devices 120 can perform direct user device communication (Device to Device, D2D) between each other.
- D2D Device to Device
- the wireless communication system 100 also includes a core network 130.
- Core network 130 may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a mobile communication operator.
- core network 130 may be a core network used by a mobile communication operator that operates and manages the wireless communication system 100, or may be a core network used by a virtual mobile communication operator such as an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator).
- MVNO Mobile Virtual Network Operator
- the core network 130 can be connected to the base station 110 and serve as a relay device for transmitting user data.
- the user equipment 120 transmits and receives user data via the core network 130. It should be noted that the communication of user data is not limited to IP communication and can also be non-IP communication.
- FIG1 exemplarily shows a base station 110 , two user equipments 120 and a core network 130 .
- the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base stations and each base station may include other numbers of user equipments within its coverage area, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
- the wireless communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, and a network element, which is not limited in this disclosure.
- the core network 130 may include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, and a network element, which is not limited in this disclosure.
- a device with wireless communication capabilities in a network/system may be referred to as a wireless communication device.
- the wireless communication device may include a base station 110 with communication capabilities, a user device 120, and a core network 130.
- the base station 110 and the user device 120 may be the specific devices described above and will not be described in detail here.
- the wireless communication device may also include other devices in the wireless communication system 100 (core network 130).
- the core network 130 may include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, but this disclosure does not limit this.
- the existing technology has agreed to support the number of antenna ports of ⁇ 48, 64 ⁇ . So how to design a specific codebook method for Rel-17 codebook enhancement? The issues involved include: (1) indication of port selection; (2) configuration of codebook parameters; (3) adaptation of CPU occupancy rules. To solve the above problems, the present disclosure adopts the following method.
- FIG2 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG2 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
- Step S100 Receive first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- Step S200 Determine an antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints
- Step S300 Calculate CSI based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints and the second indication information and report the CSI.
- FIG3 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information CSI provided by the present disclosure, as shown in FIG3 As shown, the method can be applied to the base station 110.
- the method includes:
- Step H100 Send first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations.
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- Step H200 Receive channel state information CSI fed back by the terminal, recover precoding information based on the received CSI, and send data or control information based on the precoding information.
- the user equipment 120 receives the selected antenna ports corresponding to several channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resources or the selected number of antenna ports corresponding to several CSI-RS resources in the first indication information of the base station 110.
- the user equipment 120 determines the antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and can select the antenna port in advance.
- the user equipment 120 calculates the CSI and reports the CSI to the base station 110 based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and the second indication information of the base station 110 for indicating the supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 and the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120.
- Embodiments 1 to 3 are some specific implementations of Figures 2 and 3.
- This embodiment primarily addresses the antenna port selection issue when using a codebook method that combines a Rel-17 port selection codebook with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports. Since the Rel-17 port selection codebook primarily utilizes the angle delay reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels, when the Rel-17 port selection codebook combines multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the base station 110 adds precoding information to the downlink CSI-RS signal based on the angle delay pair information obtained from uplink channel estimation when transmitting the downlink CSI-RS reference signal. This allows the base station 110 to obtain some angle delay pair information in advance relative to the user equipment 120.
- the base station 110 can select some angle delay pairs or CSI-RS antenna ports in advance, thereby reducing the overhead of user equipment 120 in selecting and reporting.
- the method by which the base station 110 indicates the selected antenna port may be at least one of the following:
- the predefined threshold is 32.
- the antenna ports when the first indication information indicates the selected antenna ports corresponding to a plurality of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, the antenna ports are indicated using a bitmap, and different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources share the same bitmap, thereby saving indication overhead.
- the antenna ports when the first indication information indicates the selected antenna ports corresponding to a plurality of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, the antenna ports are indicated using a combination number, and different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources share the same combination number, thereby saving indication overhead.
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- the base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 through downlink signaling (i.e., the first indication information) which antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources have been selected, and the user equipment 120 further selects the CSI-RS antenna port from the remaining ports to be selected based on the first indication information of the base station 110.
- the codebook parameter combination in the csi-rs and the second indication information sent by the base station 110 determines the CSI that the user equipment 120 needs to feedback, where P represents the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports across multiple CSI-RS resources, and K represents the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the P antenna ports.
- the base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 which CSI-RS antenna ports have been selected.
- the specific indication method may be at least one of the following methods:
- Method 1 Using a bitmap, the number of bits contained in the bitmap is P, and each bit corresponds to an antenna port. A bit of 0 may indicate that the antenna port is selected, and a bit of 1 may indicate that the antenna port is not selected; or a bit of 0 may indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and a bit of 1 may indicate that the antenna port is selected.
- Method 2 Use a bitmap, but the bitmap indicates which antenna ports are selected from the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. Multiple CSI-RS resources can share a set of bitmap indications. The number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/K, where K is the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement. This can greatly reduce indication overhead.
- Method 3 Use the bitmap method, and different polarization directions share the bitmap indication.
- the number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/2. Each bit corresponds to two antenna ports in different polarization directions.
- the bit position can be 0 to indicate that the antenna port is selected, and the bit position can be 1 to indicate that the antenna port is not selected; or the bit position can be 0 to indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and the bit position can be 1 to indicate that the antenna port is selected.
- Method 4 Using a bitmap method, and sharing a bitmap indication for different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions.
- This can be a bitmap indication shared by different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources, or a bitmap indication shared by different polarization directions corresponding to each CSI-RS resource.
- the number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/2K, and each bit corresponds to two antenna ports with different polarization directions.
- a bit of 0 can indicate that the antenna port is selected, and a bit of 1 can indicate that the antenna port is not selected.
- a bit of 0 can indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and a bit of 1 can indicate that the antenna port is selected.
- Method 5 Indicate by the combination number, that is, select P csi-rs antenna ports from P antenna ports.
- the mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
- Method 6 Indicated by the combination number, and the antenna ports corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources share a set of combination number selection methods, that is, P csi-rs /K antenna ports are selected from P/K antenna ports.
- the mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
- Method 7 Use the combination number method, and different polarization directions share the same selection instruction, that is, select P csi-rs /2 antenna ports from P/2 antenna ports.
- the mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
- Method 8 Indicated by the combination number, and different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions share the same selection indication, that is, P csi-rs /2K antenna ports in P/2K antenna ports, the mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
- the predefined constraints include constraining the antenna ports so that the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions for all CSI-RS resources is the same, thereby reducing indication overhead for base station 110 and reporting overhead for user equipment 120.
- the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions for all CSI-RS resources may also be constrained. In this way, the first indication information indicated by base station 110 and the predefined constraints can indicate the number and positions of antenna ports selected by user equipment 120 and base station 110.
- the base station 110 indicates the number of CSI-RS antenna ports selected by the base station 110 through the first indication information, that is, the downlink signaling, and then the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 determine which antenna ports are selected through a predefined constraint method.
- the user equipment 120 determines which antenna ports are selected based on the indication of the first indication information of the base station 110 and the predefined constraints.
- the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS resource is further selected from the ports to be selected.
- the user equipment 120 may also not select the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS resource.
- Method 1 Based on the number P csi-rs of antenna ports corresponding to the selected CSI-RS resources indicated by the first indication information sent by the base station 110, the P csi-rs antenna ports with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can be constrained to be the selected antenna ports.
- the antenna port numbers are smaller or larger, and the smaller P csi -rs antenna ports can be selected incrementally starting from the smallest antenna port number until P csi-rs are selected.
- the larger P csi-rs antenna ports can be selected incrementally starting from the largest antenna port number until P csi-rs are selected.
- Method 2 Based on the number of selected CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs indicated by the first indication information sent by the base station 110, the number of antenna ports selected for different polarization directions can be constrained to be the same as P csi-rs /2, and they can all correspond to P csi-rs /2 with smaller/larger antenna port numbers in different polarization directions.
- the P csi-rs /2 with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
- Method 3 Based on the number of selected CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs indicated by the base station 110, the standard can constrain the number of antenna ports selected for different CSI-RS resources to be the same, P csi-rs /K, and they can all correspond to P csi-rs /K with smaller/larger antenna port numbers corresponding to different CSI-RS resources. P csi-rs /2 with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
- Method 4 Based on the number of CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs selected indicated by the base station 110, the standard can constrain the number of antenna ports corresponding to different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions to be the same as P csi-rs / 2K, and they can all correspond to different CSI-RS resources or different polarization directions.
- the P csi-rs /2K with smaller/larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
- the first indication information is indicated by at least one of the following methods: radio resource control (RRC), downlink control information (DCI), and media access control sublayer control element (MACCE). That is, the first indication information may be indicated by radio resource control (RRC), downlink control information (DCI), media access control sublayer control element (MACCE), a combination of RRC+MACCE, or a combination of RRC+DCI.
- RRC radio resource control
- DCI downlink control information
- MACCE media access control sublayer control element
- the first indication information may further include at least one of the following:
- the base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 which antenna ports are selected or the number of selected antenna ports P csi-rs through RRC signaling. For example, a new IE 'CodebookConfig-r19' is added to the RRC configuration and a new codebook type 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' is added to its following configuration.
- the newly added antenna port selection indication information 'AntennaPortSeletion' is configured under the codebook type to indicate which antenna ports are selected by the user equipment 120 through the bitmap or combination number shown above; or the number of selected antenna ports 'NumberOfAntenna' is configured under the 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' codebook type.
- the user equipment 120 can determine the antenna port that the base station 110 has selected. Or configure the index information of the selected number of antenna ports under the codebook type, for example, 1 bit is used to indicate whether it is 48 antenna ports or 64 antenna ports, for example: 0 represents 48 antenna ports, 1 represents 64 antenna ports; Note that the above-mentioned RRC configuration method can be applicable to CSI periodic reporting, semi-continuous reporting or non-periodic reporting.
- the configuration method described above using MAC CE or DCI can be applicable to both semi-continuous and aperiodic CSI reporting.
- the selected antenna ports may differ at different times, or the number of antenna ports may also differ at different times. For example, the number of antenna ports indicated by the base station 110 via MAC CE or DCI at time t1 is 48, and the number of antenna ports indicated at time t2 is 64.
- the possible configurations of codebook parameters under different antenna ports are constrained.
- the Rel-17 port selection codebook supports a maximum of 32 CSI-RS antenna ports
- the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook can support 48 or 64 antenna ports
- this means that the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook can provide more antenna ports for loading angle delay pair information. Therefore, only one angle delay pair can be loaded on each antenna port.
- the second indication information indicates support for a non-zero coefficient selection factor that is smaller than a conventional non-zero coefficient selection factor.
- the second indication information indicates support for codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations with port selection coefficients other than 1.
- the fourth value is any value in the set ⁇ 48, 64 ⁇ , and may also be 48 or 64. This eliminates the need for user equipment 120 to report antenna port selection indication information, thereby helping to reduce feedback overhead and computational complexity of user equipment 120.
- the above methods 1 to 5 are applicable to the following two scenarios.
- the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 is 64 or 128.
- this embodiment provides a method for determining the number of CPUs that may be occupied when selecting a codebook for a Rel-17 port in conjunction with multiple CSI-RS resources to support codebook parameters for a maximum of 128 antenna ports.
- the number of CSI processing unit CPUs occupied by the calculation process of the multiple CSIs corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources is determined based on the following method: the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on the coefficient X and the N, and the coefficient X is taken from the first set, wherein the N represents the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement.
- the first set can be ⁇ 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1 ⁇ , or ⁇ 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1 ⁇ , or ⁇ 1/4, 9/64, 9/16, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1 ⁇ .
- the user equipment 120 based on the Rel-17 port selection codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources can support a codebook with a maximum of 128 antenna ports, effectively counting terminal calculations and content resource usage, thereby better controlling terminal resource usage and ensuring that effective features do not exceed terminal capability constraints.
- the method in which the user equipment 120 occupies the number of CPUs may be at least one of the following:
- Method 1 Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1.
- Method 2 Refer to the CPU calculation rules of Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook.
- the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1.
- the number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by the multiple CSI-RSs configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is ⁇ 48, 64, 128 ⁇ , and for 48 CSI-RS antenna ports
- the user equipment 120 may configure 3 CSI-RS resources with 16 antenna ports
- for 64 CSI-RS antenna ports the user equipment 120 may configure 2 CSI-RS resources with 32 antenna ports.
- the CPU occupancy is calculated based on the number of configured CSI-RS resources, it cannot well reflect the complexity of the processing of the user equipment 120.
- the value of X can be ⁇ 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1 ⁇ , and X ⁇ 0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1 ⁇ can be reported based on the capabilities of the user equipment 120.
- Method 3 Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook, when performing codebook measurement and CSI reporting for the maximum 32 antenna ports corresponding to a single CSI-RS resource, the corresponding number of CPUs is 1. For a codebook method based on the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is ⁇ 48, 64, 128 ⁇ .
- the value of X is 1; when P> PCSI-rs , the value of X is less than 1.
- Method 4 Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For a codebook method based on the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by multiple CSI-RSs configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is ⁇ 48, 64, 128 ⁇ .
- base station 110 assumes some of the antenna port selection tasks, thereby reducing the processing complexity of user equipment 120. This has an impact on the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 for CSI reporting.
- base station 110 configures user equipment 120 with two CSI-RS resources with 24 antenna ports, or if base station 110 configures user equipment 120 with three CSI-RS resources with 16 antenna ports, in order to ensure that the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 is the same when the number of antenna ports is the same, the impact of the number of antenna ports on CPU usage needs to be considered.
- Type II codebook enhancements which support up to 128 antenna ports
- the existing technology for Type II codebook enhancements considers the Rel-18 Type-II Doppler codebook.
- the enhanced aperiodic CSI-RS resources for this codebook require consideration.
- the present disclosure employs the following approach.
- FIG4 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG4 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
- Step A100 Receive channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; and the predefined threshold is 32;
- Step A200 Calculate and report channel state information CSI based on the codebook parameter information or codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information.
- FIG5 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- the method can be applied to a base station 110.
- the method includes:
- Step B100 Send channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes several CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than Predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; the predefined threshold is 32;
- Step B200 Receive channel state information CSI fed back by the terminal, recover precoding information according to the received CSI, and send data or control information based on the precoding information.
- the user equipment 120 receives the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement sent by the base station 110. Since the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes several CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold, each CSI-RS resource group in the CSI-RS resource configuration information can support a larger antenna port.
- the user equipment 120 calculates and reports the channel state information CSI based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information, which to a certain extent reduces the signaling configuration, and enables the base station 110 to provide better coverage and higher data transmission rate, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the network and reducing data transmission delay and packet loss rate.
- channel state information CSI is calculated and reported based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information using existing technologies, which will not be described in detail here.
- the fourth embodiment is some specific implementations of Figures 4 and 5.
- the CSI-RS resources are used for channel measurement
- the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes a CSI-RS resource set, wherein the multiple CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set are divided into a plurality of CSI-RS resource groups, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource in each CSI-RS resource group is the same; based on the grouping of CSI-RS resources and the constraint on the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource in each CSI-RS resource group, signaling overhead can be saved.
- the Rel-18 Type-II Doppler codebook is enhanced to support channel measurement and codebook design for more than 32 antenna ports across multiple Non-Zero Power CSI-RS (NZP CSI-RS) resources used for channel measurement.
- NZP CSI-RS Non-Zero Power CSI-RS
- the specific CSI-RS resource configuration for channel measurement can be in at least one of the following ways:
- Method 1 Configure X CSI-RS resource sets, where X may be at least one of ⁇ 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
- the number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured for channel measurement in each resource set is at least one of ⁇ 4, 8, 12 ⁇ .
- the multiple CSI-RS resource sets contain the same number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement, and the number of antenna ports for the aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in each set is the same.
- the number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in different CSI-RS resource sets is the same/different.
- each CSI-RS resource set From each CSI-RS resource set, one aperiodic CSI-RS resource for channel measurement is selected to form a CSI-RS resource group.
- the sum of the number of CSI-RS antenna ports in each CSI-RS resource group is greater than 32 and less than 128.
- the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource group are located in two or more identical or adjacent slots, for example, three or four.
- two consecutive CSI-RS resources among multiple CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement are located in the same or adjacent slots.
- continuous here can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain or the continuity of CSI-RS resource numbers.
- multiple CSI-RS resource sets and multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the resource set are triggered based on the same trigger instance.
- the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna port of multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group is the same.
- Method 2 Configure X CSI-RS resource sets, where X may take at least one of ⁇ 4, 8, 12 ⁇ .
- the number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured for channel measurement in each resource set is at least one of ⁇ 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
- the number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement contained in multiple CSI-RS resource sets is the same, and the number of antenna ports contained in multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the same resource set is also the same.
- the total number of antenna ports for non-periodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in multiple sets is the same, and the total number of antenna ports for CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in each resource set is greater than 32 and less than 128.
- multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource set are located in the same or adjacent two or more time slots, such as 3 or 4.
- consecutive CSI-RS resources in different CSI-RS resource sets are located in the same or adjacent slots.
- the consecutiveness may refer to the CSI-RS resources being in the same time slot.
- Domain continuity can also refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different resource sets. It is important to note that multiple CSI-RS resource sets, and multiple CSI-RS resources within a resource set, are triggered by the same trigger signal.
- the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna ports of multiple CSI-RS resources within the same resource set is the same.
- Method 3 One CSI-RS resource set is configured.
- the number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured in the resource set for channel measurement can be at least one of ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 36, 48 ⁇ .
- Multiple CSI-RS resources can be divided into 4/8/12 CSI-RS resource groups.
- the number of CSI-RS resources contained in the same resource group can be the same, which can be at least one of ⁇ 2, 3, 4 ⁇ .
- the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group correspond to the same number of antenna ports. Consequently, the sum of the number of antenna ports corresponding to all CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resource groups is the same, and the sum of the number of antenna ports is greater than 32 and less than 128.
- the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna ports of the multiple CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resource groups is the same.
- the multiple CSI-RS resource groups are used to measure the channel between base station 110 and user equipment 120 at different times.
- the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource group are located in two or more identical or adjacent slots, such as three or four.
- two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent slots.
- the continuity here can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain, or it can refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different CSI-RS resource groups.
- all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance.
- 8 CSI-RS resources are configured in a CSI-RS resource set. These 8 CSI-RS resources can be divided into 4 CSI-RS resource groups, each CSI-RS resource group contains two CSI-RS resources, and the sum of the number of antenna ports of these two CSI-RS resources is greater than 32, and the sum of the number of antenna ports corresponding to the two CSI-RS resources in each CSI-RS resource group is the same.
- Method 4 Configure one CSI-RS resource set.
- the number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured in the resource set for channel measurement can be at least one of ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 36, 48 ⁇ .
- Multiple CSI-RS resources can be divided into 2/3/4 CSI-RS resource groups.
- the number of CSI-RS resources contained in the same resource group is the same, which can be at least one of ⁇ 4, 8, 12 ⁇ .
- the number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group is the same.
- One CSI-RS resource is taken from each different CSI-RS resource group to form a CSI-RS resource pair. Each resource pair is used to measure the channel between the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 at different times.
- the total number of antenna ports corresponding to all CSI-RS resources in each resource pair is greater than 32 and less than 128, and the antenna port index corresponding to the total number of antenna ports of the multiple CSI-RS resources in each resource pair is the same.
- multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource pair are located in the same or adjacent two or more slots, such as 3 or 4.
- two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent slots.
- the continuity can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain, or it can refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different CSI-RS resource groups.
- all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same triggering instance.
- 8 CSI-RS resources are configured in a CSI-RS resource set. These 8 CSI-RS resources can be divided into 2 CSI-RS resource groups, each CSI-RS resource group contains 4 CSI-RS resources. Therefore, these 8 CSI-RS resources can form 4 CSI-RS resource pairs, and the sum of the total number of antenna ports of each CSI-RS resource pair is greater than 32. These 4 CSI-RS resource pairs are used to measure the channel between the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 at different times.
- the CSI-RS resource is used for interference measurement
- the CSI-RS resource configuration information is channel state information interference measurement CSI-IM resource configuration information
- the CSI-IM resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-IM resource set, and at least one CSI-IM resource is configured in each CSI-IM resource set for interference measurement.
- one CSI-IM resource is configured in the interference measurement resource set csi-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement; or multiple CSI-RS resources are configured in the interference measurement resource set csi-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement.
- 2/3/4 CSI-IM resources are configured for interference measurement, and multiple CSI-IMs use the same pattern, or the pattern is extended based on the existing pattern, so that the interference measurement is more accurate.
- the diagram of the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the specific extended pattern is shown in ((a), (b), (c), (d), and (e)) of Figure 6.
- PUSCH-based reporting based on a single resource set and multiple resource sets?
- CRI-based codebook enhancement a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Based on existing technologies, support for the TypeIsinglepanel codebook is considered, and support for the Rel-16 TypeII codebook may also be considered.
- the user equipment 120 needs to report multiple CRIs and their corresponding CSIs. Considering that the channel characteristics corresponding to different beams vary greatly, in order to better characterize the CSI of each beam, the base station 110 may need to configure multiple sets of codebook parameters for the user equipment 120, or the Rel-15 TypeI codebook may need to be based on different codebook modes. Therefore, the main consideration here is the configuration of multiple sets of codebook parameters?
- Type II codebook enhancement a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Based on the existing technology for enhancing Type II codebooks, the Rel-16 eType-II codebook is considered.
- the base station 110 configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120. The current standard has reached an agreement to support 48, 64, and 128 antenna ports. However, different antenna ports may have multiple resource configuration methods. According to the existing CPU occupancy calculation rules, different resource configuration methods occupy different CPUs, and this rule may not be applicable.
- the base station 110 may configure multiple sets of codebook parameter combination configurations for the user equipment 120, requiring the user equipment 120 to select one set from the multiple codebook parameter configurations. The selection process of the user equipment 120 increases the processing complexity of the user equipment 120, and the existing CPU calculation rules may no longer be applicable. Therefore, corresponding modifications are required. In order to solve the above problems, the present disclosure adopts the following method to solve them.
- FIG7 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG7 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
- Step C100 receiving channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- Step C200 Based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, report at least one channel state information CSI reporting instance, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the several CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
- FIG8 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
- the method can be applied to a base station 110.
- the method includes:
- Step D100 Sending channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
- Step D200 Receive at least one channel state information (CSI) reporting instance, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the plurality of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
- CSI channel state information
- the user equipment 120 receives the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement sent by the base station 110; the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups; the user equipment 120 calculates and reports the corresponding CSI based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, thereby saving reporting signaling overhead.
- Embodiments 5 to 8 are some specific implementations of Figures 7 and 8.
- S 0 represents the PUCCH-based semi-persistent CSI reporting configuration with the smallest CSI-ReportConfigId in csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList.
- csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList is used to indicate whether the CSI-RS resource group is added to the activation list.
- the configuration of the CSI-RS resources in the above-mentioned methods 2, 3, and 4 can also be activated through MACCE.
- Scenario 2 Semi-persistent CSI reporting, CSI reporting carried on PUSCH
- the reporting method of the CSI carried on PUSCH is triggered by DCI, and is associated with the corresponding CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState through the CSIrequest field in the DCI, and each TriggerState corresponds to a CSI-ReportConfig.
- DCI is required to simultaneously activate the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource groups.
- a new CSIrequest field can be added to the DCI, such as CSIrequest1, which is associated with the same or different triggerstates through CSIrequest and CSIrequest1, and then associated with different CSI-ReportGroupConfigs, where CSI-ReportGroupConfig can configure the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI-RS resource group.
- the DCI information may also support one or more ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’ configurations. When the DCI contains one ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’, the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot.
- the DCI contains multiple ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’s, for example, ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and ‘Timedomainresourceassignment1’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group, the two may be the same or different; furthermore, the CSI reporting corresponding to different CSI-RS resource groups can be configured with the same/different reporting periods; furthermore, for the above-mentioned CSI-RS resource configuration methods of method 2, method 3, and method 4, this method can also be used to trigger the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource sets, except that the CSI reporting configuration information corresponding to one CSI-RS resource set is configured in CSI-ReportConfig.
- Scenario 3 Aperiodic CSI reporting, CSI reporting carried on PUSCH
- the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot.
- the DCI contains multiple 'Time domain resource assignments', for example, 'Time domain resource assignment' is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and 'Time domain resource assignment1' is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group.
- the two may be the same or different.
- this method can also be used to trigger the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource sets.
- the base station 110 uses two CSI request fields through DCI, which are respectively associated with different trigger states.
- a resource set and its corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfigId are configured under each trigger state, so as to associate with the corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfig according to the CSI-ReportSetConfigId information, and then determine the resource set information in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList according to the resource set and CSI-ReportSetConfig configuration.
- the DCI information may also support one or more ‘Time domain resource assignment’ configurations.
- the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot.
- the DCI contains multiple ‘Time domain resource assignments’, for example, ‘Time domain resource assignment’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and ‘Time domain resource assignment1’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group, the two may be the same or different.
- the base station 110 can use a CSI request field through DCI to simultaneously associate with different trigger states, for example, to two consecutive trigger states, or to different trigger states based on a standard predefined method, such as a CSI request plus an offset method; secondly, a resource set and its corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfigId are configured under each trigger state, so as to associate with the corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfig according to the CSI-ReportSetConfigId information, and then determine the resource set information in the nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList according to the resource set and the CSI-ReportSetConfig configuration, and the remaining steps reuse the above processing method; furthermore, for the configuration of the Time domain resource assignment in scenarios 2 and 3, it is also possible to support the CSI reporting corresponding to two CSI-RS resource groups or resource sets in different time slots by using a Time domain resource assignment plus an offset method.
- a standard predefined method such as a CSI request plus an offset method
- the specific CRIs to be reported may be determined by the base station 110, or by the user equipment 120, or jointly determined by the base station 110 and the user equipment 120.
- the base station 110 instructs the user equipment 120 on the number of CRIs reported, and the user equipment 120 decides which CRIs to report and their corresponding CSIs. Therefore, for the different CSI-RS resource configurations mentioned above, the method of ultimately reporting the CRI information by the user equipment 120 will also vary. To this end, for the different CSI-RS resource configurations mentioned above, this embodiment provides possible CRI reporting methods:
- the CSI-RS resources can be divided into multiple groups, first, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources needs to be reported, the user equipment 120 does not need to report the CRI information; second, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources in a certain CSI-RS resource group needs to be reported, then for the CSI-RS resource group, there is no need to report the corresponding CRI information; similarly, for methods 2 to 4, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources in a certain CSI-RS resource set needs to be reported, then the CRI information does not need to be reported for the CSI-RS resource set; in addition, the indication of the above-mentioned CRI information, if the reported CSI is distinguished between part 1 and part 2, the CRI information is carried in part 1.
- each CSI is determined based on different codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations. In some embodiments, each CSI is determined based on different codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, wherein the codebook parameter combinations include: spatial basis, Frequency domain basis and non-zero coefficients, the CSI is determined based on different numbers of spatial basis, the same number of frequency domain basis and the same selection factor of non-zero coefficients.
- the acquisition of the CSI corresponding to the above-mentioned CRI can be based on the Rel-15 Type I single panel codebook or the Rel-16 eType II codebook.
- the base station 110 configures the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameters for the user equipment 120, there may be multiple configuration methods, which may specifically include at least one of the following methods:
- Method 1 For all CSI-RS resources used for CRI reporting enhancement, regardless of whether they are located in the same measurement resource set, the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is acquired based on the same set of codebook parameter combinations or codebook parameters. For example, if CSI acquisition is based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, then the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is acquired based on the same codebook parameter combination. That is, the base station 110 only needs to configure one set of codebook parameter combinations for the user equipment 120. For further explanation, it can be assumed here that the codebook parameter combination indicated by the base station 110 is any row of codebook parameter combinations in 3GPP 38.214 Table 5.2.2.2.5-1, or other codebook parameter combinations.
- Method 2 For all CSI-RS resources used for CRI reporting enhancement, regardless of whether they are located in the same measurement resource set, the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is obtained based on the same/different codebook parameter combinations or codebook parameters, or the CSI corresponding to some CSI-RS resources is obtained based on the same codebook parameter combination or codebook parameters.
- the base station 110 may indicate multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters when instructing the user equipment 120 to calculate the CSI.
- the specific set of parameters used for the calculation of the CSI corresponding to each CRI is determined by the user equipment 120, and the user equipment 120 needs to report the CSI when reporting the CSI.
- the selected codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter information is fed back to the base station 110, or the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter used to calculate the CSI is distinguished by the order of reporting the CRI. It can be assumed here that the number of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 is equal to the number of reported CRIs and corresponding CSIs.
- Method 4 Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1.
- the base station 110 will configure K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and the base station 110 may restrict the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources. For example, when K s ⁇ 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 32, and when K s > 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 16.
- O cpu X 2 K s , where X 2 can be a value of ⁇ 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4 ⁇ , where X 2 ⁇ 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4 ⁇ , X 2 is reported through the user equipment 120 capability.
- Method 6 Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1.
- the base station 110 will configure K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and the base station 110 may indicate multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations to the user equipment 120 (for example, the codebook parameter configuration method mentioned in Example 7), and the user equipment 120 may select from multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations, which further increases the processing complexity of the user equipment 120.
- the increase in the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 is related to the number of configured codebook parameter combinations.
- the user equipment 120 may report multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI.
- the CSI may include at least one of RI, PMI, and CQI.
- the number of CSI-RS resources supported by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is Ks , where the maximum value of Ks is 8, and the maximum number of CRIs reported by the user equipment 120 may be 8. Therefore, if the traditional CRI indication method is used, each CRI indication requires 3 bits. If multiple CRIs are reported, the CRI indication overhead will be relatively large. Therefore, this embodiment considers other forms of CRI reporting. Specifically, CRI reporting may be carried out in the following manner:
- Solution 1 If the user equipment 120 reports the CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the CRI can be reported in a combination number manner. Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks , and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources to be reported is M, then the positions of the CSIs corresponding to the M CSI-RS resources in all CSI-RS resources can be expressed in a combination number manner as follows: That is, M CSI-RS resources are selected from K s CSI-RS resources, and the specific number of bits required is
- Solution 2 If the user equipment 120 reports the CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the CRI can be reported in a bitmap manner. Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks , and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources that need to be reported is M, then the positions of the CSIs corresponding to these M CSI-RS resources in all CSI-RS resources can be indicated by a bitmap. If the corresponding bit is 1/0, it means that the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource of the current index is reported. On the contrary, if the bit is 0/1, it means that the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource of the current index is not reported.
- the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120 may be configured on the network side. Assuming that the number of CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 configured on the network side can be ⁇ 2, 4, 6, 8 ⁇ , the user equipment 120 can determine which method to use to instruct the network side to report which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI according to the number of CSI corresponding to the CSI reported by the network configuration. For example, the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network side for the user equipment 120 side is 8, and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 side is 2.
- the user equipment 120 side can use the existing CRI indication method to inform the network side which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported, that is, use two 3 bits to indicate which two CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported; and if the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the network side is 6, it is obvious that the user equipment 120 side uses the bitmap (Scheme 2) or combination number (Scheme 1) method. The number of bits required is smaller, so the user equipment 120 side can use the bitmap or combination number method to inform the network side which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120.
- this embodiment proposes that the method used by the user equipment 120 to report CRI can be determined based on the number of CSI-RS resources for channel measurement configured by the network side to the user equipment 120 side, and the number of reported CRIs configured by the network side to the user equipment 120 side.
- the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources may need to be reported, where Q may take values of 1/2/3/4/5/6; when the number of CSI-RS resources Ks configured by the network side is less than or equal to a certain threshold value Q, and the number of reported CRIs M configured by the network side is less than or equal to a certain threshold value E, the user equipment 120 side uses the traditional CRI method to indicate the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources to be reported, that is, the number of bits occupied by each CRI is When the number M of CRIs to be reported, as configured by the network, is greater than the threshold value E, the user equipment 120 uses the combination number method described in Solution 1 or the bitmap method described in Solution 2 to inform the user equipment 120 of the selected CSI-RS resources for CSI reporting.
- the threshold value Q may be any value from 1 to 8, the number of CSI-RS resources Ks is less than or equal to Q
- Solution 4 Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network for channel measurement is Ks , the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120 may be determined by the user equipment 120. A threshold value E can be set. When the number M of CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 is less than or equal to the threshold value E, the user equipment 120 can indicate the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources in the traditional CRI manner.
- the threshold value E may be any value between 1 and 8, and the number of CSI-RS resources K s is less than or equal to 8, and the threshold value E is less than or equal to K s .
- the codebook can be a Type-I codebook enhancement based on Rel-15, and is also applicable to an eTypeII codebook enhancement based on Rel-16.
- the selection overhead is relatively large.
- the indication of the spatial basis is expressed in the form of a combination number.
- the table corresponding to the combination number selection requires 64 rows, and the table needs to be stored in the memory of the UE, which occupies a large amount of memory. Therefore, this embodiment considers reducing the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 indicating the spatial basis, while also considering reducing the occupancy of the combination number table on the UE.
- the specific solution is as follows:
- Solution 1 For the Rel-16 eTypeII enhanced codebook or the Rel-18 eTypePMI prediction enhanced codebook, the indication overhead of the specific selection of the oversampling group can be expressed as O 1 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the horizontal direction, and O 2 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the vertical latitude.
- O 1 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the horizontal direction
- O 2 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the vertical latitude.
- the spatial oversampling groups corresponding to different ranks or layers can be made the same, which can reduce the reporting overhead indicated by the user equipment 120.
- the possible selected spatial basis is in a subset of the candidate spatial basis. Therefore, it is possible to consider grouping the candidate spatial basis. For example, the number of candidate spatial basis corresponding to a single polarization direction is N, the number of spatial basis to be selected is L, and the number of candidate basis in each group is M. Then the candidate spatial basis can be divided into N/M groups.
- the number of spatial basis that may be included in the candidate basis corresponding to each group can be represented by Xbit.
- the 1 bit is actually used to indicate whether a spatial basis element is selected in the current candidate basis group. For example, when the bit is 1, it indicates that a spatial basis element is selected, while 0 indicates that no spatial basis element is selected.
- the value of the number of candidate basis elements M in each group can be any one of ⁇ 8, 12, 16, 24, 32 ⁇ , as long as M is divisible by N.
- the number of candidate basis groups in each group may be indicated by the network, predefined by the standard, or selected by the user equipment 120 based on the predefined standard.
- the standard may predefine M to have multiple values, and the user equipment 120 may select an appropriate predefined value of M based on the distribution of the specifically selected spatial basis in all candidate spatial basis bases, and indicate the corresponding selection information to the network side.
- the network-side indication or standard predefine may also be the number of grouped candidate spatial basis bases. Compared with the network-side indication or standard predefine of the number of candidate basis bases in each group, the two achieve the same effect and are not described in detail here. Since the candidate spatial basis bases are grouped, the user equipment 120 only needs to indicate which spatial basis bases are selected in the number M of candidate basis bases in each group.
- the user equipment 120 only needs to store a list of the number of combinations based on M, thereby reducing the storage overhead of the user equipment 120.
- the corresponding indication information in a candidate spatial basis group indicates that no spatial basis is selected in the candidate spatial basis group, then this part of the information does not need to be indicated.
- the indication information of the number of selected spatial basis groups contained in the candidate spatial basis group can be placed in part 1, and the position indication information of the specific selected spatial basis in the candidate spatial basis group can be placed in part 2.
- MTRP CJT assumes perfect synchronization between TRPs.
- non-ideal synchronization between TRPs often exists, severely degrading CJT performance.
- the factors that lead to non-ideal synchronization between multiple TRPs mainly include three aspects: delay deviation, frequency deviation, and phase deviation between TRPs.
- Delay variability between TRPs arises from two sources. Firstly, the propagation delay between different TRPs and UEs can vary significantly due to the different locations of the TRPs and UEs, as well as UE mobility. Secondly, hardware implementations between TRPs can also lead to differences in DL transmission timing.
- Use case 1 TRP delay offset reporting:
- Use Case 1.1 TRP selection, that is, selecting some or all TRPs from multiple TRPs so that the influence of different TRP delay offsets can be ignored when performing CJT.
- Use case 1.2 Perform delay skew compensation on at least one TRP to ensure that the delay skew of multiple TRPs participating in the CJT does not exceed a predefined dynamic range/threshold.
- Use case 2.2 Compensate the frequency offset of each TRP on the network side so that the impact of different TRP frequency offsets can be ignored when performing CJT on multiple TRPs.
- Use case 3.1 TRP selection, that is, selecting some or all of the TRPs from multiple TRPs so that the influence of phase misalignment of different TRPs can be ignored when performing CJT.
- Use case 3.2 Compensate the downlink or uplink Rx-Tx phase of each TRP on the network side so that the impact of phase misalignment of different TRPs can be ignored when performing CJT on multiple TRPs.
- Use case 3.3 For TDD reciprocity, reporting the timing offset of at least one pair of TRPs to assist TRP synchronization.
- the user equipment 120 needs to select N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets (or TRPs corresponding to N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets) from Ntrp CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets, and the TRPs corresponding to these N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets can meet the CJT synchronization requirements between multiple TRPs.
- the user equipment 120 may use at least one of the following solutions to report the selected N TRPs:
- the user equipment 120 may use at least one of the following solutions to report the corresponding synchronization compensation information:
- the indication information of the other TRPs except the reference TRP can be indicated by default; or when the reference TRP is determined, if all other TRPs need to be synchronized and compensated, the indication information of all other TRPs can be indicated by default; the indication information of the other TRPs except the reference TRP specifically refers to whether synchronization compensation is required relative to the reference TRP using 1 bit.
- 2 bits can also be used to indicate whether all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization.
- 00 indicates that all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization; if it is 01, it indicates that some TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization; if it is 10, it indicates that all TRPs except the reference TRP do not need to be compensated for synchronization; note that the meanings of the above number values 00, 01, and 10 are interchangeable, and this is just an example.
- TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization
- 1 bit is needed to indicate whether each TRP except the reference TRP needs to be compensated for synchronization; it should also be noted that the above reference TRP can be predefined by the standard, or it can be selected by the user equipment 120 and notified to the network side.
- the above reference TRP can be predefined by the standard, or it can be selected by the user equipment 120 and notified to the network side.
- TRP without indication of compensation can meet the synchronization requirements for CJT between multiple TRPs relative to the reference TRP by default; the other explanation is that the TRP without indication of compensation does not participate in the collaboration between multiple TRPs; the above two explanations are both considered reasonable in this embodiment.
- the selected TRPs can be indicated by a bitmap. If the bit is 1/0, it means that the TRP is selected, otherwise the TRP is not selected.
- the reference TRP can be one of the unselected TRPs or one of the selected TRPs.
- the standard can be agreed to be any TRP among all TRPs, any TRP among the selected TRPs, or the TRP before the first selected TRP. If the selected TRP is the first TRP, the reference TRP is that TRP.
- the reference TRP can be any TRP among the selected TRPs or any TRP among the unselected TRPs, such as the first unselected TRP.
- the TRP selection indication information and the TRP status indication information mentioned above if the CSI information reported by the user equipment 120 is divided into part 1 and part 2, the above information is placed in part 1.
- each TRP corresponds to an RS resource or an RS resource set, and the RS resource or RS resource set can be a CSI-RS resource or a CSI-RS resource set, or a TRS resource or a TRS resource set, or an SRS resource or an SRS resource set.
- Solution 4 Use Case 2.1/Use Case 2.2/Use Case 3.2/Use Case 3.3, first select N TRPs from Ntrp TRPs. The selection of N TRPs can be indicated by the network side or selected by the terminal side. For these N TRPs selected, for Use Case 2.1, N bits are used to indicate whether the delay offset or the delay offset plus the delay spread of each TRP relative to the reference TRP is within the specified range or exceeds the specified range. There are two explanations for the Ntrp-N TRPs that are not selected.
- TRPs participate in CJT transmission, and it is believed that the synchronization requirements of CJT are met between them and the multiple TRPs after synchronization calibration, or the impact on performance is acceptable; the other explanation is that they do not participate in CJT transmission due to some other reasons; for the above two explanations, it may be necessary to use 1 bit to indicate which state they are in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later.
- the selected N TRPs require the terminal to report frequency deviation information, while the unselected Ntrp-N TRPs can have two states.
- One state is that it exceeds the specified frequency deviation compensation range and does not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report frequency deviation, or it does not exceed the specified frequency deviation compensation range, but due to other factors, it does not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report frequency deviation; the other state is that it does not exceed the specified frequency deviation compensation range, or it is considered that the impact caused by the frequency deviation can be ignored, and participates in CJT with the N TRPs that perform frequency deviation compensation; for the above two states, it may be necessary to use 1 bit to indicate which state it is in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later. Similarly, for use cases 3.2 and 3.3, it is considered that the selected N TRPs require the terminal to report phase offset information.
- the unselected Ntrp-N TRPs can have two states.
- One state is that they exceed the specified phase compensation range and do not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report phase compensation, or they do not exceed the specified phase compensation range, but due to other factors, they do not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report phase compensation.
- the other state is that they do not exceed the specified phase compensation range, or the impact caused by the phase offset is considered negligible, and they participate in CJT with the N TRPs that perform phase compensation.
- 1 bit may be required to indicate which state it is in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later.
- the reference TRP can be one of the TRPs that are not selected, or one of the selected TRPs.
- the standard can be agreed to be any TRP among all TRPs, or any TRP among the selected TRPs, or the TRP that participates in the CJT with the previous TRP among the first selected TRP. If the selected TRP is the first TRP, the reference TRP is that TRP; or for use case 1.2, it can be agreed to be the first TRP among the selected TRPs that has no delay offset or the delay compensation plus delay extension does not exceed the specified range.
- the TRP selection indication information and TRP status indication information mentioned above if the CSI information reported by the terminal is divided into part 1 and part 2, the above information is placed in part 1.
- each TRP corresponds to an RS resource or an RS resource set, and the RS resource or RS resource set can be a CSI-RS resource or a CSI-RS resource set, or a TRS resource or a TRS resource set, or an SRS resource or an SRS resource set.
- each use case has at least two sub-use cases, from the perspective of the user device 120, it is uncertain which operation the user device 120 performs. This can be determined in a variety of ways, specifically, at least one of the following ways:
- Method 2 For user equipment 120 that reports multiple capabilities for different use cases, the user equipment 120 can decide on its own which sub-use case reporting method to use. This method greatly increases the flexibility of multiple TRPs in performing CJT, but the user equipment 120 needs to specify in the reported information which sub-use case reporting method to use. For example, for the scenario of use case 3, since use case 3 contains 3 sub-use cases, if the user equipment 120 supports these three sub-use cases at the same time when reporting the capability item, the user equipment 120 needs to inform the network side of its own reporting type when reporting.
- 2 bits can be used to indicate to the user equipment 120 which sub-use case reporting method is used; for use cases 1 and 2, the user equipment 120 only needs to use 1 bit to inform the network of which sub-use case reporting method is used when reporting; for example, for use case 1, a bit of 1/0 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.1 is used to report the selected TRPs, while a bit of 0/1 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.2 is used; for each use case in which the user equipment 120 only reports one capability, the user equipment 120 can, by default, inform the network side of which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is used, thereby reducing the overhead of signaling indication.
- Method three The network side can implicitly determine which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is adopted by the user equipment 120 through the content reported by the user equipment 120. For example, the network side can determine which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is adopted by the user equipment 120 through the length of the signal reported by the user equipment 120; this method helps to reduce signaling overhead.
- a codebook enhancement scheme is designed for a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) communication system.
- MIMO Multiple Input Multiple Output
- the following embodiments support uplink 3Tx codebook design when the existing Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resources only support 1, 2, 4, and 8 antenna ports.
- SRS Sounding Reference Signal
- This disclosure mainly designs the scheme from aspects such as the configuration of SRS resources and the indication of the Transmit Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI) and the Transmit Rank Indicator (TRI).
- user equipment 120 can support the uplink 3-transceiver (TRx) channel codebook solution, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput.
- TRx uplink 3-transceiver
- the solution disclosed in this disclosure optimizes the indication amount of TRI and TPMI, which can reduce the indication overhead of base station 110.
- the user equipment 120 first sends an SRS signal to the base station 110 to obtain uplink CSI.
- the base station 110 performs uplink channel detection according to the SRS signal sent by the user equipment 120, determines the SRS resources corresponding to the uplink transmission, the number of layers of the uplink transmission (the number of layers indicated by TRI) and the precoding matrix (Transmit Precoding Matrix), and further determines the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level of the uplink transmission according to the precoding matrix and the channel information. Then, the base station 110 notifies the user equipment 120 of the resource allocation of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and the corresponding MCS, TPMI, rank (number of transmission layers) (the number of layers indicated by TRI) and the corresponding sounding reference signal resource indicator (SRI).
- PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
- TPMI rank (number of transmission layers) (the number of layers indicated by TRI) and the corresponding sounding reference signal resource indicator (SRI).
- the user equipment 120 modulates and encodes the data according to the MCS sent by the base station 110, and uses the SRI, TPMI and the number of transmission layers (the number of layers indicated by TRI) to determine the precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers used when sending the data, and then precodes the data and sends it to the base station 110.
- user equipment 120 In a non-codebook uplink transmission scheme, user equipment 120 first measures a downlink reference signal to obtain a candidate uplink precoding matrix, and then precodes the SRS signal transmitted by user equipment 120 based on the candidate precoding matrix. User equipment 120 transmits the SRS signal to base station 110.
- the base station 110 performs uplink channel detection based on the SRS signal sent by the user equipment 120, determines the SRS resources corresponding to the uplink transmission and the MCS level for the uplink transmission, and notifies the user equipment 120.
- the base station 110 indicates the SRS resources through the SRI.
- the base station 110 sends the SRI and MCS to the user equipment 120.
- the user equipment 120 modulates and codes the data according to the MCS sent by the base station 110 , determines the precoding and transmission layer of the data using the SRI, and precodes the data before sending it to the base station 110 .
- Step 2 The base station 110 configures SRS resources for the user equipment 120 through RRC based on the capabilities reported by the user equipment 120. For example, one or two SRS resource sets are configured for the user equipment 120. Each resource set includes one or more SRS antenna port groups, and each antenna port group consists of SRS resources across two antenna ports.
- the number of SRI indication bits is
- the wireless communication device 900 may further include a memory 920.
- the processor 910 may call and execute a computer program from the memory 920 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
- the memory 920 may be a separate device independent of the processor 910 or may be integrated into the processor 910.
- the wireless communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 930 , and the processor 910 may control the transceiver 930 .
- the transceiver 930 communicates with other devices. Specifically, it can send information or data to other devices or receive information or data sent by other devices.
- the transceiver 930 may include a transmitter and a receiver.
- the transceiver 930 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
- the wireless communication device 900 may specifically be a mobile user device/user device in an embodiment of the present application, and the wireless communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile user device/user device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
- the wireless communication device 900 may specifically be a network element in an embodiment of the present application, and the wireless communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network element in each method in the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
- the embodiments of the present disclosure are a combination of techniques/processes that may be employed in 3GPP specifications to create a final product.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本公开涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法及无线通信设备。The present disclosure relates to the field of wireless communications, and in particular to a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) and a wireless communication device.
随着一些新兴应用的不断发展,对通信容量的需求变得越来越大,而MIMO技术是提升网络容量的关键技术之一,为了应对网络需求的不断增加,MIMO技术倾向于采用更大规模的天线阵列。当前5G中频的主流市场天线阵列已经在逐步扩展,更多个收发射频通道可以提供更多的垂直自由空间度以及更大的天线增益。然而,在更大的天线阵列应用场景下,现有技术中单个CSI-RS资源支持的最大32天线端口数目无法满足需求。因此,需要提出针对更多天线端口的一种信道状态信息测量和上报的方法及无线通信设备,以改善现有技术的问题和其他问题。With the continuous development of some emerging applications, the demand for communication capacity is becoming increasingly greater. MIMO technology is one of the key technologies for improving network capacity. To cope with the increasing network demand, MIMO technology tends to adopt larger-scale antenna arrays. Currently, antenna arrays in the mainstream market for 5G intermediate frequency bands are gradually expanding. More transmit and receive RF channels can provide more vertical degrees of freedom and greater antenna gain. However, in the application scenario of larger antenna arrays, the maximum number of 32 antenna ports supported by a single CSI-RS resource in the existing technology cannot meet the demand. Therefore, it is necessary to propose a channel state information measurement and reporting method and wireless communication device for more antenna ports to improve the problems of the existing technology and other issues.
发明内容Summary of the Invention
本公开要解决的技术问题在于,针对现有技术的上述缺陷,提供一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,旨在解决现有技术中存在的无法支持更大天线端口数CSI测量和上报的问题。The technical problem to be solved by the present disclosure is to provide a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) in response to the above-mentioned defects of the prior art, aiming to solve the problem in the prior art that CSI measurement and reporting cannot support a larger number of antenna ports.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于用户设备包括:According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed on a user equipment and includes:
接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;receiving first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束,确定待选择的天线端口;Determining an antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints;
基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束、第二指示信息,计算CSI并上报所述CSI。Based on the first indication information and/or the predefined constraint and the second indication information, CSI is calculated and reported.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于用户设备,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed on a user equipment. The method includes:
接收用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于第一预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;receiving channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a first predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; and all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance;
基于码本参数信息或码本参数组合信息和所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算信道状态信息CSI并上报。Based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information, channel state information CSI is calculated and reported.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于用户设备,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed on a user equipment. The method includes:
接收用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;receiving channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into a plurality of CSI-RS resource groups;
基于所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,上报至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。Based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, at least one channel state information CSI reporting instance is reported, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于基站,所述方法包括: According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed by a base station. The method includes:
发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;Sending first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。The receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于基站,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed by a base station. The method includes:
发送用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;所述预定义阈值为32;Sending channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; and the predefined threshold is 32;
接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。The receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,执行于基站,所述方法包括:According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided, which is executed by a base station. The method includes:
发送用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;Sending channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
接收至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。At least one channel state information (CSI) reporting instance is received, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the plurality of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。The receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
根据本公开的一个方面,提供了一种无线通信设备,包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行如上述任意一项所述的数据处理的方法中的步骤。According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a wireless communication device is provided, comprising a processor and a memory, wherein the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory to perform the steps in the data processing method as described in any one of the above items.
本公开的有益效果:用户设备通过接收第一指示信息中已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,用户设备基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束,确定待选择的天线端口,可以提前对天线端口进行选择,然后用户设备基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束、以及接收用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合的第二指示信息,计算CSI并上报所述CSI,从而降低用户设备选择上报的开销,以及降低用户设备的计算复杂度。The beneficial effects of the present disclosure are as follows: the user equipment receives the antenna ports corresponding to several channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resources or the number of antenna ports corresponding to several CSI-RS resources selected in the first indication information, and the user equipment determines the antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and can select the antenna port in advance. Then, the user equipment calculates the CSI and reports the CSI based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and receives the second indication information for indicating supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, thereby reducing the overhead of the user equipment in selecting and reporting, and reducing the computational complexity of the user equipment.
为了更清楚地说明本公开或相关技术的实施例,将在实施例中简要介绍以下附图。显然,附图仅仅是本公开的一些实施例,本领域的普通技术人员可以在不付出创造性劳动的前提下根据这些附图获得其他附图。In order to more clearly illustrate the embodiments of the present disclosure or related technologies, the following drawings will be briefly introduced in the embodiments. Obviously, the drawings are only some embodiments of the present disclosure, and ordinary technicians in this field can derive other drawings based on these drawings without inventive work.
图1图示了本公开提供的无线通信系统架构的示意图。FIG1 is a schematic diagram illustrating a wireless communication system architecture provided by the present disclosure.
图2图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之一。FIG2 illustrates one of the schematic diagrams of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图3图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之二。FIG3 illustrates a second schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图4图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之三。FIG4 illustrates a third schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图5图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之四。FIG5 illustrates a fourth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图6图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息干扰测量采用的天线参数组合的示意图。FIG6 is a schematic diagram illustrating a combination of antenna parameters used for channel state information interference measurement provided by the present disclosure.
图7图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之五。FIG7 illustrates a fifth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图8图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的示意图之六。 FIG8 illustrates a sixth schematic diagram of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure.
图9图示了本公开提供的资源与端口的映射关系的示意图。FIG9 is a schematic diagram illustrating the mapping relationship between resources and ports provided by the present disclosure.
图10图示了本公开提供的用于无线通信系统的示例性框图。FIG10 illustrates an exemplary block diagram of a wireless communication system provided by the present disclosure.
本公开的实施例参照所述附图详细描述了技术事项、结构特征、实现的目的和效果,如下文所描述。具体地,本公开的实施例中的术语仅用于描述特定实施例的目的,而不是限制本公开。The embodiments of the present disclosure describe technical matters, structural features, objectives and effects in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, as described below. Specifically, the terms in the embodiments of the present disclosure are only used to describe the purpose of specific embodiments, rather than to limit the present disclosure.
本文相关的技术用语说明如下:The relevant technical terms in this article are explained as follows:
在本公开中,“A或B”可以意指“仅A”、“仅B”或“A和B二者”。In this disclosure, "A or B" may mean "only A," "only B," or "both A and B."
换句话说,在本公开中,“A或B”可以被解释为“A和/或B”。例如,在本公开中,“A、B或C”可以意指“仅A”、“仅B”、“仅C”或“A、B、C的任何组合”。In other words, in the present disclosure, "A or B" may be interpreted as "A and/or B." For example, in the present disclosure, "A, B or C" may mean "only A," "only B," "only C," or "any combination of A, B, and C."
在本公开中使用的斜杠(/)或逗号可以意指“和/或”。例如,“A/B”可以意指“A和/或B”。因此,“A/B”可以意指“仅A”、“仅B”或“A和B二者”。例如,“A、B、C”可以意指“A、B或C”。As used in this disclosure, a slash (/) or a comma may mean "and/or". For example, "A/B" may mean "A and/or B". Thus, "A/B" may mean "only A", "only B", or "both A and B". For example, "A, B, C" may mean "A, B, or C".
在本公开中,“A和B中的至少一个”可以意指“仅A”、“仅B”或“A和B二者”。另外,在本公开中,表述“A或B中的至少一个”或“A和/或B中的至少一个”可以被解释为“A和B中的至少一个”。In the present disclosure, “at least one of A and B” may mean “only A”, “only B”, or “both A and B”. In addition, in the present disclosure, the expression “at least one of A or B” or “at least one of A and/or B” may be interpreted as “at least one of A and B”.
另外,在本公开中,“A、B和C中的至少一个”可以意指“仅A”、“仅B”、“仅C”或“A、B和C的任何组合”。另外,“A、B或C中的至少一个”或“A、B和/或C中的至少一个”可以意指“A、B和C中的至少一个”。In addition, in the present disclosure, “at least one of A, B, and C” may mean “only A,” “only B,” “only C,” or “any combination of A, B, and C.” In addition, “at least one of A, B, or C” or “at least one of A, B, and/or C” may mean “at least one of A, B, and C.”
此外,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者多个所述特征。在本申请的描述中,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上,除非另有明确具体的限定。Furthermore, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only and should not be construed as indicating or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the number of technical features being referred to. Thus, a feature defined as "first" or "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the described features. Throughout the description of this application, "plurality" means two or more, unless otherwise specifically defined.
本领域的技术人员将认识到并理解所描述的示例的细节仅是一些实施例的说明,并且本文阐述的教导适用于各种替代设置。Those skilled in the art will recognize and appreciate that the details of the described examples are merely illustrative of some embodiments and that the teachings set forth herein are applicable to various alternative arrangements.
本公开的技术方法可以应用于各种无线通信系统,例如:长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、系统、5G通信系统或未来的无线通信系统等。The technical method disclosed herein can be applied to various wireless communication systems, such as: Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system, LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD) system, 5G communication system or future wireless communication systems, etc.
示例性的,本公开应用的无线通信系统100如图1所示。该无线通信系统100可以包括基站110,基站110可以是与用户设备120(User Equipment,UE)通信的设备。基站110可以为特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖,并且可以与位于该覆盖区域内的用户设备进行通信。可选地,该基站110可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional Node B,eNB或eNodeB),或者该基站可以为移动交换中心、中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备、集线器、交换机、网桥、路由器、5G网络中的网络侧设备或者未来通信系统中的基站等。Exemplarily, a wireless communication system 100 applied in the present disclosure is shown in FIG1 . The wireless communication system 100 may include a base station 110, which may be a device that communicates with a user equipment 120 (User Equipment, UE). The base station 110 may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area and may communicate with user equipment located within the coverage area. Optionally, the base station 110 may be an evolved base station (eNB or eNodeB) in an LTE system, or the base station may be a mobile switching center, a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a hub, a switch, a bridge, a router, a network-side device in a 5G network, or a base station in a future communication system.
该无线通信系统100还包括位于基站110覆盖范围内的至少一个用户设备120。作为在此使用的“用户设备”包括但不限于经由有线线路连接,如经由公共交换电话网络(Public Switched Telephone Networks,PSTN)、数字用户线路(Digital Subscriber Line,DSL)、数字电缆、直接电缆连接;和/或另一数据连接/网络;和/或经由无线接口,如,针对蜂窝网络、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)、诸如DVB-H网络的数字电视网络、卫星网络、AM-FM广播发送器;和/或另一用户设备的被设置成接收/发送通信信号的装置;和/或物联网(Internet ofThings,IoT)设备。被设置成通过无线接口通信的用户设备可以被称为“无线通信用户设备”、“无线用户设备”或“移动用户设备”。移动用户设备的示例包括但不限于卫星或蜂窝电话;可以组合蜂窝无线电电话与数据处理、传真以及数据通信能力的个人通信系统(Personal Communications System,PCS)用户设备;可以包括无线电电话、寻 呼机、因特网/内联网接入、Web浏览器、记事簿、日历以及/或全球定位系统(Global Positioning System,GPS)接收器的PDA;以及常规膝上型和/或掌上型接收器或包括无线电电话收发器的其它电子装置。用户设备可以指接入用户设备、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程用户设备、移动设备、无线通信设备或用户代理。接入用户设备可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备、5G网络中的用户设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的用户设备等。The wireless communication system 100 also includes at least one user equipment 120 located within the coverage area of the base station 110. As used herein, "user equipment" includes, but is not limited to, a device configured to receive/send communication signals via a wired connection, such as via a Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), a Digital Subscriber Line (DSL), a digital cable, a direct cable connection; and/or another data connection/network; and/or via a wireless interface, such as for a cellular network, a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN), a digital television network such as a DVB-H network, a satellite network, an AM-FM broadcast transmitter; and/or another user equipment; and/or an Internet of Things (IoT) device. User equipment configured to communicate via a wireless interface may be referred to as a "wireless communication user equipment,""wireless user equipment," or "mobile user equipment." Examples of mobile user equipment include, but are not limited to, satellite or cellular phones; Personal Communications System (PCS) user equipment that may combine a cellular radio telephone with data processing, fax, and data communication capabilities; and mobile devices that may include radio telephones, search engines, and other similar devices. A PDA with a pager, Internet/intranet access, a web browser, a notepad, a calendar, and/or a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver; and conventional laptop and/or palmtop receivers or other electronic devices including a radiotelephone transceiver. User equipment may refer to an access user device, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote user device, a mobile device, a wireless communication device, or a user agent. An access user device may be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), a handheld device with wireless communication capabilities, a computing device or other processing device connected to a wireless modem, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, a user device in a 5G network, or a user device in a future evolved PLMN, etc.
可选地,用户设备120之间可以进行用户设备直连(Device to Device,D2D)通信。Optionally, user devices 120 can perform direct user device communication (Device to Device, D2D) between each other.
可选地,5G通信系统或5G网络还可以称为新无线(New Radio,NR)系统或NR网络。Optionally, the 5G communication system or 5G network can also be referred to as a New Radio (NR) system or NR network.
该无线通信系统100还包括核心网130。核心网130可以是移动通信运营商所运营的IP移动通信网络。例如,核心网130可以是对该无线通信系统100进行运营、管理的移动通信运营商用的核心网,或者也可以是MVNO(Mobile Virtual Network Operator:移动虚拟网络运营商)等虚拟移动通信运营商用的核心网。The wireless communication system 100 also includes a core network 130. Core network 130 may be an IP mobile communication network operated by a mobile communication operator. For example, core network 130 may be a core network used by a mobile communication operator that operates and manages the wireless communication system 100, or may be a core network used by a virtual mobile communication operator such as an MVNO (Mobile Virtual Network Operator).
核心网130可以与基站110连接,作为进行用户数据的传输的中继装置。用户设备120经由核心网130进行用户数据的收发。需要说明的是,用户数据的通信不限于IP通信,也可以是non-IP通信。The core network 130 can be connected to the base station 110 and serve as a relay device for transmitting user data. The user equipment 120 transmits and receives user data via the core network 130. It should be noted that the communication of user data is not limited to IP communication and can also be non-IP communication.
图1示例性地示出了一个基站110、两个用户设备120和核心网130,可选地,该无线通信系统100可以包括多个基站并且每个基站的覆盖范围内可以包括其它数量的用户设备,本公开对此不做限定。FIG1 exemplarily shows a base station 110 , two user equipments 120 and a core network 130 . Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may include multiple base stations and each base station may include other numbers of user equipments within its coverage area, which is not limited in the present disclosure.
可选地,该无线通信系统100还可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体、网元等其他网络实体,本公开对此不作限定。例如,核心网130可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体、网元等其他网络实体,本公开对此不作限定。Optionally, the wireless communication system 100 may further include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, and a network element, which is not limited in this disclosure. For example, the core network 130 may include other network entities such as a network controller, a mobility management entity, and a network element, which is not limited in this disclosure.
应理解,本公开中网络/系统中具有无线通信功能的设备可称为无线通信设备。以图1示出的无线通信系统100为例,无线通信设备可包括具有通信功能的基站110、用户设备120和核心网130,基站110和用户设备120可以为上文所述的具体设备,此处不再赘述;无线通信设备还可包括无线通信系统100中的其他设备(核心网130),例如核心网130可以包括网络控制器、移动管理实体等其他网络实体,本公开中对此不做限定。It should be understood that in this disclosure, a device with wireless communication capabilities in a network/system may be referred to as a wireless communication device. Taking the wireless communication system 100 shown in Figure 1 as an example, the wireless communication device may include a base station 110 with communication capabilities, a user device 120, and a core network 130. The base station 110 and the user device 120 may be the specific devices described above and will not be described in detail here. The wireless communication device may also include other devices in the wireless communication system 100 (core network 130). For example, the core network 130 may include other network entities such as a network controller and a mobility management entity, but this disclosure does not limit this.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的信息发送方法进行详细地说明。The information sending method provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail below through some embodiments and their application scenarios in combination with the accompanying drawings.
对于R17端口选择码本,现有技术已经同意支持天线端口数为{48,64},那么针对Rel-17的码本增强具体的码本方法怎么设计,可能涉及到的问题包括:(1)端口选择的指示;(2)码本参数的配置;(3)CPU占用规则的适配。为了解决上述问题,本公开采用如下方法解决。For the R17 port selection codebook, the existing technology has agreed to support the number of antenna ports of {48, 64}. So how to design a specific codebook method for Rel-17 codebook enhancement? The issues involved include: (1) indication of port selection; (2) configuration of codebook parameters; (3) adaptation of CPU occupancy rules. To solve the above problems, the present disclosure adopts the following method.
图2图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图2所示,该方法可以应用于用户设备120。所述方法包括:FIG2 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG2 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
步骤S100、接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;Step S100: Receive first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
步骤S200、基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束,确定待选择的天线端口;Step S200: Determine an antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints;
步骤S300、基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束、第二指示信息,计算CSI并上报所述CSI。Step S300: Calculate CSI based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints and the second indication information and report the CSI.
图3图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图3 所示,该方法可以应用于基站110。所述方法包括:FIG3 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information CSI provided by the present disclosure, as shown in FIG3 As shown, the method can be applied to the base station 110. The method includes:
步骤H100、发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;Step H100: Send first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations.
步骤H200、接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。Step H200: Receive channel state information CSI fed back by the terminal, recover precoding information based on the received CSI, and send data or control information based on the precoding information.
具体地,用户设备120通过接收基站110第一指示信息中已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,用户设备120基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束,确定待选择的天线端口,可以提前对天线端口进行选择,然后用户设备120基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束、以及接收基站110用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合的第二指示信息第二指示信息,计算CSI并上报所述CSI至所述基站110,从而降低用户设备120处理复杂度以及用户设备120的上报开销。Specifically, the user equipment 120 receives the selected antenna ports corresponding to several channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resources or the selected number of antenna ports corresponding to several CSI-RS resources in the first indication information of the base station 110. The user equipment 120 determines the antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and can select the antenna port in advance. Then, the user equipment 120 calculates the CSI and reports the CSI to the base station 110 based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints, and the second indication information of the base station 110 for indicating the supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, thereby reducing the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 and the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120.
实施例一至实施例三是图2和图3的一些具体实施方式。Embodiments 1 to 3 are some specific implementations of Figures 2 and 3.
实施例一Example 1
本实施例主要解决对于Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,天线端口的选择问题,由于Rel-17的端口选择码本主要是利用了上下行信道的角度时延互易性,因此,当Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口时,基站110在下发下行CSI-RS参考信号时,会基于上行信道估计获取的角度时延对信息给下行CSI-RS信号添加预编码信息,这样基站110相对于用户设备120可以提前获取一些角度时延对信息,当支持的天线端口数较多时,由于部分角度时延对信息对应的信道的质量可能相对较差,这样基站110在对下行CSI-RS参考信号添加预编码时,可以提前对一些角度时延对或CSI-RS天线端口进行选择,从而降低用户设备120选择上报的开销。基站110指示已选择的天线端口的方法可以采用如下至少一种:This embodiment primarily addresses the antenna port selection issue when using a codebook method that combines a Rel-17 port selection codebook with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports. Since the Rel-17 port selection codebook primarily utilizes the angle delay reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels, when the Rel-17 port selection codebook combines multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the base station 110 adds precoding information to the downlink CSI-RS signal based on the angle delay pair information obtained from uplink channel estimation when transmitting the downlink CSI-RS reference signal. This allows the base station 110 to obtain some angle delay pair information in advance relative to the user equipment 120. When a large number of antenna ports are supported, the quality of the channels corresponding to some angle delay pair information may be relatively poor. Therefore, when adding precoding to the downlink CSI-RS reference signal, the base station 110 can select some angle delay pairs or CSI-RS antenna ports in advance, thereby reducing the overhead of user equipment 120 in selecting and reporting. The method by which the base station 110 indicates the selected antenna port may be at least one of the following:
方法一:Method 1:
在一些实施例中,所述预定义阈值为32。在一些实施例中,当所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口时,所述天线端口采用位图的方式指示,所有CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向共用相同的位图,这样,可以节省指示开销。在一些实施例中,当所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口时,所述天线端口采用组合数的方式指示,所有CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向共用相同的组合数,这样,可以节省指示开销。In some embodiments, the predefined threshold is 32. In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates the selected antenna ports corresponding to a plurality of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, the antenna ports are indicated using a bitmap, and different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources share the same bitmap, thereby saving indication overhead. In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates the selected antenna ports corresponding to a plurality of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources, the antenna ports are indicated using a combination number, and different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources share the same combination number, thereby saving indication overhead.
具体地,基站110通过下行信令(即第一指示信息)指示用户设备120哪些CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口已经选择,用户设备120基于基站110的第一指示信息在剩下的待选择端口中进一步对CSI-RS天线端口进行选择,用户设备120也可以不对天线端口进行选择;例如,基站110配置的K=4个用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源对应的总的CSI-RS天线端口数为P=128,基站110通过第一指示信息(RRC/DCI/MACCE信令)指示用户设备120哪些CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口已被选择,基于基站110的第一指示信息的指示,用户设备120可以确定待进一步选择的天线端口数为Pcsi-rs,Pcsi-rs=48或64;用户设备120基于Pcsi-rs和基站110发送的第二指示信息中的码本参数组合确定用户设备120需要反馈的所述CSI,上述P表示跨多个CSI-RS资源总的CSI-RS天线端口的数目,而K表示P个天线端口对应的CSI-RS的资源数目。Specifically, the base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 through downlink signaling (i.e., the first indication information) which antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources have been selected, and the user equipment 120 further selects the CSI-RS antenna port from the remaining ports to be selected based on the first indication information of the base station 110. The user equipment 120 may also not select the antenna port; for example, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports corresponding to the K=4 CSI-RS resources for channel measurement configured by the base station 110 is P=128, and the base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 through the first indication information (RRC/DCI/MACCE signaling) which antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources have been selected. Based on the indication of the first indication information of the base station 110, the user equipment 120 can determine that the number of antenna ports to be further selected is P csi-rs , P csi-rs =48 or 64; the user equipment 120 selects the CSI-RS antenna port based on P The codebook parameter combination in the csi-rs and the second indication information sent by the base station 110 determines the CSI that the user equipment 120 needs to feedback, where P represents the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports across multiple CSI-RS resources, and K represents the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the P antenna ports.
基站110指示用户设备120哪些CSI-RS天线端口已被选择,具体的指示方式可以是如下至少一种方式: The base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 which CSI-RS antenna ports have been selected. The specific indication method may be at least one of the following methods:
方式一:采用位图(Bitmap)的方式,Bitmap包含的比特个数为P,每个bit对应一个天线端口,可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口未被选择;也可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口未被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口被选择。Method 1: Using a bitmap, the number of bits contained in the bitmap is P, and each bit corresponds to an antenna port. A bit of 0 may indicate that the antenna port is selected, and a bit of 1 may indicate that the antenna port is not selected; or a bit of 0 may indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and a bit of 1 may indicate that the antenna port is selected.
方式二:采用Bitmap的方式,但该Bitmap对应指示的是每个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数中哪些天线端口被选择,且多个CSI-RS资源可以共用一套Bitmap指示,Bitmap包含的比特个数为P/K,K为配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目,这样可以极大降低指示开销;Method 2: Use a bitmap, but the bitmap indicates which antenna ports are selected from the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. Multiple CSI-RS resources can share a set of bitmap indications. The number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/K, where K is the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement. This can greatly reduce indication overhead.
方式三:采用Bitmap的方式,且不同极化方向共用Bitmap指示,Bitmap包含的比特个数为P/2,每个bit对应不同极化方向的两个天线端口,可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口未被选择;也可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口未被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口被选择。Method 3: Use the bitmap method, and different polarization directions share the bitmap indication. The number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/2. Each bit corresponds to two antenna ports in different polarization directions. The bit position can be 0 to indicate that the antenna port is selected, and the bit position can be 1 to indicate that the antenna port is not selected; or the bit position can be 0 to indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and the bit position can be 1 to indicate that the antenna port is selected.
方式四:采用Bitmap的方式,且不同CSI-RS资源,以及不同极化方向共用Bitmap指示,可以是与所有CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向共用Bitmap指示,也可以是各个CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向共用Bitmap指示;Bitmap包含的比特个数为P/2K,每个bit对应不同极化方向的两个天线端口,可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口未被选择;也可以是bit位为0表示该天线端口未被选择,bit为1表示该天线端口被选择。Method 4: Using a bitmap method, and sharing a bitmap indication for different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions. This can be a bitmap indication shared by different polarization directions corresponding to all CSI-RS resources, or a bitmap indication shared by different polarization directions corresponding to each CSI-RS resource. The number of bits contained in the bitmap is P/2K, and each bit corresponds to two antenna ports with different polarization directions. A bit of 0 can indicate that the antenna port is selected, and a bit of 1 can indicate that the antenna port is not selected. Alternatively, a bit of 0 can indicate that the antenna port is not selected, and a bit of 1 can indicate that the antenna port is selected.
方式五:采用组合数的方式指示,即在P个天线端口中选择Pcsi-rs个天线端口,数学式可以表示为需要的bit指示开销为 Method 5: Indicate by the combination number, that is, select P csi-rs antenna ports from P antenna ports. The mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
方式六:采用组合数的方式指示,且多个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口共用一套组合数选择的方式的指示,即在P/K个天线端口中选择Pcsi-rs/K个天线端口,数学式可以表示为需要的bit指示开销为 Method 6: Indicated by the combination number, and the antenna ports corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources share a set of combination number selection methods, that is, P csi-rs /K antenna ports are selected from P/K antenna ports. The mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
方式七:采用组合数的方式的指示,且不同极化方向共用相同的选择指示,即在P/2个天线端口中选择Pcsi-rs/2个天线端口,数学式可以表示为需要的bit指示开销为 Method 7: Use the combination number method, and different polarization directions share the same selection instruction, that is, select P csi-rs /2 antenna ports from P/2 antenna ports. The mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
方式八:采用组合数的方式指示,且不同CSI-RS资源,以及不同极化方向共用相同的选择指示,即在P/2K个天线端口中Pcsi-rs/2K个天线端口,数学式可以表示为需要的bit指示开销为 Method 8: Indicated by the combination number, and different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions share the same selection indication, that is, P csi-rs /2K antenna ports in P/2K antenna ports, the mathematical formula can be expressed as The required bit indication overhead is
方法二:Method 2:
在一些实施例中,当第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数时,所述预定义的约束包括:对所述天线端口进行约束,所述约束方式为所有CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向对应的天线端口数相同,以节省基站110的指示开销和用户设备120的上报开销。在一些实施例中,还可以约束所有CSI-RS资源对应的不同极化方向对应的天线端口的标号。这样,通过基站110指示的第一指示信息和预定义的约束可以指示用户设备120,基站110选择的天线端口的个数和天线端口位置。In some embodiments, when the first indication information indicates the number of antenna ports selected for a number of CSI-RS resources, the predefined constraints include constraining the antenna ports so that the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions for all CSI-RS resources is the same, thereby reducing indication overhead for base station 110 and reporting overhead for user equipment 120. In some embodiments, the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions for all CSI-RS resources may also be constrained. In this way, the first indication information indicated by base station 110 and the predefined constraints can indicate the number and positions of antenna ports selected by user equipment 120 and base station 110.
具体地,基站110通过第一指示信息,也即下行信令指示用户设备120,基站110选择的CSI-RS天线端口个数,然后基站110和用户设备120通过预定义的约束方式确定选择了哪些天线端口,用户设备120基于基站110的第一指示信息的指示和预定义的约束,在剩下 的待选择端口中进一步对CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口进行选择,用户设备120也可以不对CSI-RS资源对应天线端口进行选择;例如,基站110配置的K=4个用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源对应的总的CSI-RS天线端口数为P=128,基站110通过RRC/DCI/MACCE信令指示用户设备120,基站110选择的CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口个数Pcsi-rs,Pcsi-rs=48或64;用户设备120基于基站110的第一指示信息指示的Pcsi-rs和第二指示信息指示的码本参数或码本参数组合,以及预定义的约束,确定用户设备120需要反馈的所述CSI,上述P表示跨多个CSI-RS资源对应的总的CSI-RS天线端口的数目,而K表示P个天线端口对应的CSI-RS资源的资源数目。Specifically, the base station 110 indicates the number of CSI-RS antenna ports selected by the base station 110 through the first indication information, that is, the downlink signaling, and then the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 determine which antenna ports are selected through a predefined constraint method. The user equipment 120 determines which antenna ports are selected based on the indication of the first indication information of the base station 110 and the predefined constraints. The antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS resource is further selected from the ports to be selected. The user equipment 120 may also not select the antenna port corresponding to the CSI-RS resource. For example, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports corresponding to the K=4 CSI-RS resources for channel measurement configured by the base station 110 is P=128. The base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 through RRC/DCI/MACCE signaling that the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources selected by the base station 110 is P csi-rs , where P csi-rs =48 or 64. The user equipment 120 determines the CSI that the user equipment 120 needs to feedback based on P csi-rs indicated by the first indication information of the base station 110 and the codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination indicated by the second indication information, as well as the predefined constraints. The above P represents the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources, and K represents the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the P antenna ports.
预定义的约束的方式可以是如下至少一种方式:The predefined constraint method can be at least one of the following:
方式一:基于基站110发送的第一指示信息指示的已选择的CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口的个数Pcsi-rs,可以约束天线端口标号较小或较大的Pcsi-rs个天线端口为选择的天线端口,天线端口标号较小或较大的Pcsi-rs个,较小的Pcsi-rs个天线端口可以从最小的天线端口标号开始递增选择,直至选择Pcsi-rs个,同理,较大的Pcsi-rs个天线端口可以从最大的天线端口标号开始递减选择,直至选择Pcsi-rs个。Method 1: Based on the number P csi-rs of antenna ports corresponding to the selected CSI-RS resources indicated by the first indication information sent by the base station 110, the P csi-rs antenna ports with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can be constrained to be the selected antenna ports. The antenna port numbers are smaller or larger, and the smaller P csi -rs antenna ports can be selected incrementally starting from the smallest antenna port number until P csi-rs are selected. Similarly, the larger P csi-rs antenna ports can be selected incrementally starting from the largest antenna port number until P csi-rs are selected.
方式二:基于基站110发送的第一指示信息指示的已选择的CSI-RS天线端口个数Pcsi-rs,可以约束不同极化方向被选择的天线端口个数相同为Pcsi-rs/2个,且可以都对应不同极化方向天线端口标号较小/大的Pcsi-rs/2个,天线端口标号较小或较大的Pcsi-rs/2个可以参照方式一,在此不做赘述。Method 2: Based on the number of selected CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs indicated by the first indication information sent by the base station 110, the number of antenna ports selected for different polarization directions can be constrained to be the same as P csi-rs /2, and they can all correspond to P csi-rs /2 with smaller/larger antenna port numbers in different polarization directions. The P csi-rs /2 with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
方式三:基于基站110指示的选择的CSI-RS天线端口个数Pcsi-rs,标准可以约束不同CSI-RS资源被选择的天线端口个数相同为Pcsi-rs/K个,且可以都对应不同CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口标号较小/大的Pcsi-rs/K个,天线端口标号较小或较大的Pcsi-rs/2个可以参照方式一,在此不做赘述。Method 3: Based on the number of selected CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs indicated by the base station 110, the standard can constrain the number of antenna ports selected for different CSI-RS resources to be the same, P csi-rs /K, and they can all correspond to P csi-rs /K with smaller/larger antenna port numbers corresponding to different CSI-RS resources. P csi-rs /2 with smaller or larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
方式四:基于基站110指示的选择的CSI-RS天线端口个数Pcsi-rs,标准可以约束不同CSI-RS资源和不同极化方向对应的天线端口个数相同为Pcsi-rs/2K个,且可以都对应不同CSI-RS资源或不同极化方向天线端口标号较小/大的Pcsi-rs/2K个,天线端口标号较小/大的Pcsi-rs/2K个可以参照方式一,在此不做赘述。Method 4: Based on the number of CSI-RS antenna ports P csi-rs selected indicated by the base station 110, the standard can constrain the number of antenna ports corresponding to different CSI-RS resources and different polarization directions to be the same as P csi-rs / 2K, and they can all correspond to different CSI-RS resources or different polarization directions. The P csi-rs /2K with smaller/larger antenna port numbers can refer to Method 1 and will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,所述第一指示信息通过以下至少一种方式指示:无线资源控制RRC、下行链路控制信息DCI、媒体访问控制子层控制单元MACCE。也就是说所述第一指示信息可以通过无线资源控制RRC指示,也可以通过下行链路控制信息DCI指示,也可以通过媒体访问控制子层控制单元MACCE指示,也可以通过RRC+MACCE组合的方式进行指示,也可以通过RRC+DCI组合的方式进行指示。In some embodiments, the first indication information is indicated by at least one of the following methods: radio resource control (RRC), downlink control information (DCI), and media access control sublayer control element (MACCE). That is, the first indication information may be indicated by radio resource control (RRC), downlink control information (DCI), media access control sublayer control element (MACCE), a combination of RRC+MACCE, or a combination of RRC+DCI.
具体地,第一指示信息可以进一步包括如下至少一种:Specifically, the first indication information may further include at least one of the following:
方式一:基站110通过RRC信令指示用户设备120选择了哪些天线端口或选择的天线端口的个数Pcsi-rs,例如,在RRC配置中新增IE‘CodebookConfig-r19’并在其下述配置中新增码本类型‘typeII-PortSelection-r19’,并在该码本类型下配置新增天线端口选择指示信息‘AntennaPortSeletion’通过上述所示的bitmap或组合数的方式指示用户设备120选择了哪些天线端口;或在‘typeII-PortSelection-r19’码本类型下配置选择的天线端口的个数信息‘NumberOfAntenna’,并结合上述可能的预定义的约束,用户设备120可以确定基站110已经选择的天线端口。或在码本类型下配置选择的天线端口个数的索引信息,例如通过1bit指示是48天线端口还是64天线端口,例如:0表示48天线端口,1表示64天线端口;注意上述通过RRC配置的方式可以适用于CSI周期上报、半持续上报或非周期上报。Method 1: The base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 which antenna ports are selected or the number of selected antenna ports P csi-rs through RRC signaling. For example, a new IE 'CodebookConfig-r19' is added to the RRC configuration and a new codebook type 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' is added to its following configuration. The newly added antenna port selection indication information 'AntennaPortSeletion' is configured under the codebook type to indicate which antenna ports are selected by the user equipment 120 through the bitmap or combination number shown above; or the number of selected antenna ports 'NumberOfAntenna' is configured under the 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' codebook type. In combination with the above possible predefined constraints, the user equipment 120 can determine the antenna port that the base station 110 has selected. Or configure the index information of the selected number of antenna ports under the codebook type, for example, 1 bit is used to indicate whether it is 48 antenna ports or 64 antenna ports, for example: 0 represents 48 antenna ports, 1 represents 64 antenna ports; Note that the above-mentioned RRC configuration method can be applicable to CSI periodic reporting, semi-continuous reporting or non-periodic reporting.
方式二:基站110通过MACCE或DCI指示用户设备120选择了哪些天线端口或选择的天线端口的个数Pcsi-rs,例如,基站110在激活CSI上报配置的MACCE或DCI信令中 新增天线端口选择指示信息‘AntennaPortSeletion’通过上述所示的bitmap或组合数的方式指示用户设备120选择了哪些天线端口;或在激活CSI上报配置的MAC CE或DCI信令中新增天线端口的个数信息‘NumberOfAntenna’,并结合上述可能的预定义的约束,用户设备120可以确定基站110已经选择的天线端口。注意上述通过MAC CE或DCI的配置的方式可以适用于CSI半持续上报或非周期上报;再者,对于通过MAC CE或DCI指示的方式,不同时刻的MAC CE或DCI可能指示的选择的天线端口不同,或不同时刻的MAC CE或DCI可能指示的天线端口个数也不相同;例如,基站110通过MAC CE或DCI在时刻t1指示的天线端口个数为48,在t2时刻指示的天线端口个数为64。Method 2: The base station 110 indicates to the user equipment 120 via MACCE or DCI which antenna ports are selected or the number of selected antenna ports P csi-rs . For example, the base station 110 indicates in the MACCE or DCI signaling of activating the CSI reporting configuration: New antenna port selection indication information, 'AntennaPortSeletion', is added to indicate which antenna ports the user equipment 120 has selected, using the bitmap or combination number method shown above. Alternatively, the number of antenna ports, 'NumberOfAntenna', is added to the MAC CE or DCI signaling that activates the CSI reporting configuration. Combined with the possible predefined constraints described above, the user equipment 120 can determine the antenna ports selected by the base station 110. Note that the configuration method described above using MAC CE or DCI can be applicable to both semi-continuous and aperiodic CSI reporting. Furthermore, for the method of indicating via MAC CE or DCI, the selected antenna ports may differ at different times, or the number of antenna ports may also differ at different times. For example, the number of antenna ports indicated by the base station 110 via MAC CE or DCI at time t1 is 48, and the number of antenna ports indicated at time t2 is 64.
方式三:基站110通过RRC信令指示用户设备120最多选择了哪些天线端口或选择的天线端口的最大个数Pmax,例如在RRC配置中新增IE‘CodebookConfig-r19’并在其下述配置中新增码本类型‘typeII-PortSelection-r19’,并在该码本类型下配置新增天线端口选择指示信息‘AntennaPortSeletion’,通过上述所示的bitmap或组合数的方式指示用户设备120最多选择了哪些天线端口;或在‘typeII-PortSelection-r19’码本类型下配置选择的天线端口的最大个数信息‘NumberOfAntenna’,并结合上述可能的预定义的约束方式,用户设备120可以确定基站110可能选择的天线端口。同时,基站110根据不同时刻的信道信息变化,确定实际指示给用户设备120的天线端口或天线端口数量,例如基站110可以通过MAC CE或DCI基于信道随时间的变化,动态的给用户设备120配置一定的天线端口数目。然后基于天线端口选择指示信息‘AntennaPortSeletion’确定动态指示的是哪些天线端口,具体的确定方式可以是在RRC配置的‘AntennaPortSeletion’中按一定的规则截取部分天线端口。具体地,规则可以是截取bitmap前一部分或bitmap信息的后一部分,直到截取的天线端口个数等于MAC CE或DCI动态配置的天线端口数目,且上述选择的天线端口可能满足不同极化方向对应的天线端口数相同,或不同CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数相同,或不同CSI-RS资源的不同极化方向对应的天线端口数相同。再例如,基站110可以通过MAC CE或DCI基于信道随时间的变化,动态的给用户设备120配置一定的天线端口数目,具体对应到哪些天线端口则基于上述提到的预定的约束方式来确定。Method 3: Base station 110 uses RRC signaling to indicate to user equipment 120 the maximum number of antenna ports selected or the maximum number of antenna ports to be selected, P max . For example, a new IE 'CodebookConfig-r19' is added to the RRC configuration, and a new codebook type 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' is added to its configuration. Antenna port selection indication information 'AntennaPortSeletion' is configured under this codebook type. The maximum number of antenna ports selected is indicated to user equipment 120 using the bitmap or combination number method shown above. Alternatively, information 'NumberOfAntenna' is configured under the 'typeII-PortSelection-r19' codebook type. Combined with the possible predefined constraints described above, user equipment 120 can determine the antenna ports that base station 110 may select. Furthermore, base station 110 determines the antenna ports or number of antenna ports actually indicated to user equipment 120 based on changes in channel information at different times. For example, base station 110 can dynamically configure a certain number of antenna ports for user equipment 120 based on temporal channel changes through MAC CE or DCI. Then, based on the antenna port selection indication information 'AntennaPortSeletion', the antenna ports to be dynamically indicated are determined. The specific determination method may be to intercept some antenna ports according to a certain rule in the 'AntennaPortSeletion' configured by RRC. Specifically, the rule may be to intercept the first part of the bitmap or the second part of the bitmap information until the number of intercepted antenna ports equals the number of antenna ports dynamically configured by the MAC CE or DCI. The selected antenna ports may satisfy the requirement that the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions is the same, or the number of antenna ports corresponding to different CSI-RS resources is the same, or the number of antenna ports corresponding to different polarization directions of different CSI-RS resources is the same. For another example, the base station 110 may dynamically configure a certain number of antenna ports for the user equipment 120 based on the change of the channel over time through the MAC CE or DCI, and the specific corresponding antenna ports are determined based on the predetermined constraint method mentioned above.
方式四:基站110通过RRC指示用户设备120候选的天线端口个数,例如Pcsi-rs可以等于48,也可以等于64,然后通过DCI或MAC CE指令指示用户设备120天线端口个数Pcsi-rs是48或64;然后基于预定义的约束方式确定48或64个天线端口对应到CSI-RS资源中的哪些天线端口;具体预定义的约束方式可以是如前所述的方式一到方式四中任意一种来确定。Method 4: The base station 110 indicates the number of candidate antenna ports to the user equipment 120 through RRC, for example, P csi-rs can be equal to 48 or equal to 64, and then indicates to the user equipment 120 through DCI or MAC CE instructions that the number of antenna ports P csi-rs is 48 or 64; then, based on a predefined constraint method, it is determined which antenna ports in the CSI-RS resources the 48 or 64 antenna ports correspond to; the specific predefined constraint method can be determined by any one of methods 1 to 4 described above.
方式五:通过预定义的约束方式确定基站110已经选择的天线端口,例如可以约束对于基于Rel-17 FeType-II端口选择码本增强的typeII-PortSelection-r19码本,当配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的CSI天线端口个数为48或64时,用户设备120基于基站110配置的CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口个数计算PMI、CQI、RI等信息;或当配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的CSI天线端口个数为64时,用户设备120默认基站110选择的天线端口个数为48或64个,且具体是哪48个也可以基于预定义的约束来确定,例如可以采用如前所述的方式一到方式四中任意一种来确定,如果是64个则不需要额外的约束和指示;或者当配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的CSI天线端口个数为128时,用户设备120侧默认基站110选择的天线端口个数为48或64个,且具体是哪48或64个也可以基于预定义的约束来确定,例如可以采用如前所述的方式一到方式四中任意一种来确定。Method 5: Determine the antenna port selected by the base station 110 through a predefined constraint method. For example, the typeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook enhanced based on the Rel-17 FeType-II port selection codebook can be constrained. When the number of CSI antenna ports of the CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement is 48 or 64, the user equipment 120 calculates PMI, CQI, RI and other information based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110; or when the number of CSI antenna ports of the CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement is 64, the user equipment 120 calculates PMI, CQI, RI and other information based on the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110. The user equipment 120 defaults to the number of antenna ports selected by the base station 110 being 48 or 64, and the specific 48 ports can also be determined based on predefined constraints, for example, any one of the methods 1 to 4 described above can be used to determine it. If it is 64, no additional constraints and indications are required; or when the number of CSI antenna ports of the configured CSI-RS resources for channel measurement is 128, the user equipment 120 side defaults to the number of antenna ports selected by the base station 110 being 48 or 64, and the specific 48 or 64 ports can also be determined based on predefined constraints, for example, any one of the methods 1 to 4 described above can be used to determine it.
可选地,上述MAC CE或DCI的配置信息可以承载在触发CSI上报的MAC CE信令或DCI信令中,例如,对于半持续上报,该MAC CE的配置信息承载在触发半持续CSI上报的MAC CE信令中;而对于非周期上报,DCI的配置信息承载在触发非周期CSI上报的DCI 信令中。另外,上述MAC CE或DCI配置信息也可以不承载在触发CSI上报的MAC CE或DCI信令之中,基站110通过新的独立的MAC CE或DCI信令指示给用户设备120。Optionally, the configuration information of the above MAC CE or DCI can be carried in the MAC CE signaling or DCI signaling that triggers CSI reporting. For example, for semi-persistent reporting, the configuration information of the MAC CE is carried in the MAC CE signaling that triggers semi-persistent CSI reporting; and for aperiodic reporting, the configuration information of the DCI is carried in the DCI signaling that triggers aperiodic CSI reporting. In addition, the above MAC CE or DCI configuration information may not be carried in the MAC CE or DCI signaling that triggers CSI reporting, and the base station 110 indicates it to the user equipment 120 through a new independent MAC CE or DCI signaling.
实施例二Example 2
本实施例主要解决码本参数配置方面的问题,首先对于基于Rel-17端口选择码本的增强码本(FetypeII-PortSelection-r19)跨多个CSI-RS资源支持大于32天线端口小于128天线端口,由于考虑到基站110可以根据上下行信道之间的部分互易性对下发的用于信道测量的CSI-RS信息添加预编码,且基站110可以提前识别一些信道质量较好的角度时延对,因此,FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本已形成共识,支持天线端口数PCSI-RS为{48,64},然而考虑到用户设备120处理复杂度的增加以及用户设备120上报开销的增加,为了更好的降低用户设备120处理的复杂度,以及降低用户设备120反馈的开销,可以采用如下至少一种方法:This embodiment mainly solves the problem of codebook parameter configuration. First, the enhanced codebook (FetypeII-PortSelection-r19) based on the Rel-17 port selection codebook supports more than 32 antenna ports and less than 128 antenna ports across multiple CSI-RS resources. Considering that the base station 110 can add precoding to the CSI-RS information sent for channel measurement based on the partial reciprocity between the uplink and downlink channels, and the base station 110 can identify some angle delay pairs with good channel quality in advance, the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook has reached a consensus and supports the number of antenna ports P CSI -RS as {48, 64}. However, considering the increase in processing complexity of the user equipment 120 and the increase in reporting overhead of the user equipment 120, in order to better reduce the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 and reduce the feedback overhead of the user equipment 120, at least one of the following methods can be used:
方法一Method 1
在一些实施例中,所述天线端口总数为第一值时,所述第二指示信息指示支持频域基底的个数M为1的码本参数或码本参数组合。可选地,第一值可以是集合{48,64}中的任意一个值,也可以是48或64。这样用户设备120可以不用上报频域基底选择指示信息,从而降低用户设备120的反馈开销以及用户设备120的计算复杂度。In some embodiments, when the total number of antenna ports is a first value, the second indication information indicates a codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination supporting a number M of frequency domain bases of 1. Optionally, the first value may be any value in the set {48, 64}, or may be 48 or 64. In this way, the user equipment 120 does not need to report the frequency domain base selection indication information, thereby reducing the feedback overhead of the user equipment 120 and the computational complexity of the user equipment 120.
具体地,约束不同天线端口下码本参数可能的配置,对于Rel-17端口选择码本支持选择的频域基底的个数M=1或2,即每个天线端口可以加载两个角度时延对,考虑到Rel-17端口选择码本最大支持32个CSI-RS天线端口,而FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本可以支持48或64个天线端口,这也就意味着FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本可以提供更多的天线端口来加载角度时延对信息,因此,可以在每个天线端口加载一个角度时延对即可。所以,对于FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本,为了降低用户设备120的反馈开销,32在天线端口PCSI-RS为{48,64}时可以考虑只支持M=1的码本参数组合;或者在天线端口PCSI-RS=64时,可以考虑只支持M=1的码本参数组合。Specifically, the possible configurations of codebook parameters under different antenna ports are constrained. For the Rel-17 port selection codebook, the number of frequency domain bases supported for selection is M = 1 or 2. That is, each antenna port can load two angle delay pairs. Considering that the Rel-17 port selection codebook supports a maximum of 32 CSI-RS antenna ports, and the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook can support 48 or 64 antenna ports, this means that the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook can provide more antenna ports for loading angle delay pair information. Therefore, only one angle delay pair can be loaded on each antenna port. Therefore, for the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook, in order to reduce the feedback overhead of the user equipment 120, when the antenna port PCSI-RS is {48,64}, only codebook parameter combinations with M = 1 can be considered; or when the antenna port PCSI-RS is 64, only codebook parameter combinations with M = 1 can be considered.
方法二Method 2
在一些实施例中,所述天线端口总数为第二值时,所述第二指示信息指示支持端口选择系数为1的码本参数或码本参数组合。可选地,第二值是集合{48,64}中的任意一个值,也可以是48或64。这样用户设备120不需要上报天线端口选择指示信息,从而有助于降低用户设备120的反馈开销以及用户设备120的计算复杂度。In some embodiments, when the total number of antenna ports is a second value, the second indication information indicates support for a codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination with a port selection coefficient of 1. Optionally, the second value is any value in the set {48, 64}, or may be 48 or 64. In this way, the user equipment 120 does not need to report the antenna port selection indication information, thereby helping to reduce the feedback overhead of the user equipment 120 and the computational complexity of the user equipment 120.
具体地,考虑到基站110可以提前对天线端口进行选择,因此,对于FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本,为了降低用户设备120指示的开销,在天线端口数为{48,64}时,可以只考虑码本参数配置中只支持端口选择系数α=1的码本参数或码本参数组合配置。或天线端口为48时,只考虑码本参数配置中只支持端口选择系数α=1的码本参数或码本参数组合。Specifically, considering that the base station 110 can select the antenna port in advance, for the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook, in order to reduce the overhead indicated by the user equipment 120, when the number of antenna ports is {48, 64}, only codebook parameters or codebook parameter combination configurations that only support the port selection coefficient α=1 in the codebook parameter configuration may be considered. Alternatively, when the number of antenna ports is 48, only codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations that only support the port selection coefficient α=1 in the codebook parameter configuration may be considered.
方法三Method 3
在一些实施例中,所述天线端口总数为第三值时,所述第二指示信息指示支持频域基底的个数M为1和端口选择系数为1的码本参数或码本参数组合。可选地,第三值是集合{48,64}中的任意一个值,也可以是48或64。这样用户设备120不需要上报天线端口选择指示信息,从而有助于降低用户设备120的反馈开销以及用户设备120的计算复杂度。In some embodiments, when the total number of antenna ports is a third value, the second indication information indicates a codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination supporting a number M of frequency domain bases of 1 and a port selection coefficient of 1. Optionally, the third value is any value in the set {48, 64}, and may also be 48 or 64. In this way, the user equipment 120 does not need to report the antenna port selection indication information, thereby helping to reduce the feedback overhead of the user equipment 120 and the computational complexity of the user equipment 120.
具体地,考虑到基站110可以提前对天线端口进行选择,并且选择的天线端口数已经足够大了,每个天线端口加载一个角度时延对就足够了,因此,对于FetypeII-PortSelection-r19码本,为了降低用户设备120指示的开销,在天线端口数为{48,64}时,可以只考虑码本参数或码本参数组合配置中只支持端口选择系数α=1和频域基底的个数M=1的码本参数或码本参数组合配置。或在天线端口为48/64时,只考虑码本参数或码本参数组合配置中支持端口选择系数α=1和M=1的码本参数或码本参数组合配置。 Specifically, considering that the base station 110 can select antenna ports in advance and the number of selected antenna ports is already large enough, it is sufficient to load one angle delay pair for each antenna port. Therefore, for the FetypeII-PortSelection-r19 codebook, in order to reduce the overhead indicated by the user equipment 120, when the number of antenna ports is {48, 64}, only codebook parameters or codebook parameter combination configurations that only support the port selection coefficient α=1 and the number of frequency domain bases M=1 can be considered. Alternatively, when the number of antenna ports is 48/64, only codebook parameters or codebook parameter combination configurations that support the port selection coefficient α=1 and M=1 can be considered.
方法四Method 4
在一些实施例中,当M为2时,所述第二指示信息指示支持比传统的非零系数选择因子更小的非零系数选择因子。在一些实施例中,当M为2时,所述天线端口总数为第四值时,所述第二指示信息指示支持端口选择系数为非1的码本参数或码本参数组合。可选地,第四值是集合{48,64}中的任意一个值,也可以是48或64。这样用户设备120不需要上报天线端口选择指示信息,从而有助于降低用户设备120的反馈开销以及用户设备120的计算复杂度。In some embodiments, when M is 2, the second indication information indicates support for a non-zero coefficient selection factor that is smaller than a conventional non-zero coefficient selection factor. In some embodiments, when M is 2 and the total number of antenna ports is a fourth value, the second indication information indicates support for codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations with port selection coefficients other than 1. Optionally, the fourth value is any value in the set {48, 64}, and may also be 48 or 64. This eliminates the need for user equipment 120 to report antenna port selection indication information, thereby helping to reduce feedback overhead and computational complexity of user equipment 120.
具体地,考虑到基站110可以提前对天线端口进行选择,并且选择的天线端口数已经足够大了,如果每个天线端口再加载两个角度时延对,即M=2,且用户设备120不对天线端口做进一步选择,必然会导致非零系数的进一步增加,因此,为了限制用户设备120上报的开销,一方面可以引入更小的非零系数选择因子β,例如,β可以取1/4或3/8;另一方面,可以约束在天线端口数为{48,64}时,可以考虑不支持码本参数组合同时满足M=2和α=1的码本参数,也就是说当M为2时,所述天线端口总数为第四值时,所述第二指示信息指示支持端口选择系数α为非1的码本参数或码本参数组合。Specifically, considering that the base station 110 can select the antenna port in advance and the number of selected antenna ports is large enough, if each antenna port is loaded with two angle delay pairs, that is, M=2, and the user equipment 120 does not make further selection of the antenna port, it will inevitably lead to a further increase in non-zero coefficients. Therefore, in order to limit the overhead reported by the user equipment 120, on the one hand, a smaller non-zero coefficient selection factor β can be introduced, for example, β can be 1/4 or 3/8; on the other hand, it can be constrained that when the number of antenna ports is {48,64}, it can be considered that the codebook parameter combination that satisfies M=2 and α=1 at the same time is not supported. That is, when M is 2 and the total number of antenna ports is the fourth value, the second indication information indicates that the port selection coefficient α is non-1 and the codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination is supported.
方法五Method 5
在一些实施例中,考虑到基站110可以提前对天线端口进行选择,并且选择的天线端口数已经足够大了,不需要用户设备120侧对天线端口做过多的选择,这里考虑不支持现有标准38.214中Table 5.2.2.2.7-1中的α=1/2的码本参数或码本参数组合配置。In some embodiments, considering that the base station 110 can select the antenna ports in advance and the number of selected antenna ports is large enough, the user equipment 120 does not need to make too many selections of antenna ports. Therefore, it is considered here that the codebook parameter or codebook parameter combination configuration of α=1/2 in Table 5.2.2.2.7-1 in the existing standard 38.214 is not supported.
需要注意的是,上述方法一到方法五适用于如下两种场景,第一种场景,基站110配置的多个CSI-RS资源对应的总的天线端口数为64或128的场景,在这种场景下方法一到方法五中提到的天线端口是指基站110选择后告知用户设备120的天线端口,如果基站110配置的多个CSI-RS资源对应的总的天线端口数为64,且基站110不做选择,则基站110不需要指示UE选择的天线端口数;另一种场景是,基站110配置的多个CSI-RS资源对应的总的天线端口数为P=48或64,在这种场景下上述方法一到方法五中提到的天线端口PCSI-RS可以理解为多个CSI-RS资源对应的总的天线端口数,即P=PCSI-RS,不需要基站110进行选择并指示UE。It should be noted that the above methods 1 to 5 are applicable to the following two scenarios. In the first scenario, the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 is 64 or 128. In this scenario, the antenna ports mentioned in methods 1 to 5 refer to the antenna ports that the base station 110 selects and informs the user equipment 120. If the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 is 64, and the base station 110 does not make a selection, the base station 110 does not need to indicate the number of antenna ports selected by the UE; the other scenario is that the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 is P=48 or 64. In this scenario, the antenna port PCSI- RS mentioned in the above methods 1 to 5 can be understood as the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources, that is, P= PCSI-RS , and the base station 110 does not need to select and indicate the UE.
实施例三Example 3
该实施例主要解决对于Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,CSI处理占用CPU的问题,由于Rel-17的端口选择码本主要是利用了上下行信道的角度时延互易性,因此,当Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口时,基站110在下发下行CSI-RS参考信号时,会基于上行信道估计获取的角度时延对信息给下行CSI-RS信号添加预编码信息,这样基站110相对于用户设备120可以提前获取一些角度时延对信息,当支持的天线端口数较多时,由于部分角度时延对信息对应的信道的质量可能相对较差,这样,基站110在对下行CSI-RS参考信号添加预编码时,可以提前对一些角度时延对或CSI-RS天线端口进行选择,这样有助于降低用户设备120处理的复杂度,从而影响现有CSI处理占用CPU的计算方式。对此本实施例给出对于Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本参数时可能的占用CPU个数的方法。This embodiment primarily addresses the issue of CPU usage in CSI processing when using a codebook method that combines a Rel-17 port selection codebook with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports. Since the Rel-17 port selection codebook primarily utilizes the reciprocity of angle delays in uplink and downlink channels, when the Rel-17 port selection codebook combines multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the base station 110 adds precoding information to the downlink CSI-RS signal based on angle delay pair information obtained from uplink channel estimation when transmitting the downlink CSI-RS reference signal. This allows the base station 110 to obtain some angle delay pair information in advance relative to the user equipment 120. When a large number of antenna ports are supported, the quality of the channels corresponding to some angle delay pair information may be relatively poor. Therefore, when adding precoding to the downlink CSI-RS reference signal, the base station 110 can select some angle delay pairs or CSI-RS antenna ports in advance. This helps reduce the processing complexity of the user equipment 120, thereby impacting the existing calculation method that reduces CPU usage in CSI processing. In this regard, this embodiment provides a method for determining the number of CPUs that may be occupied when selecting a codebook for a Rel-17 port in conjunction with multiple CSI-RS resources to support codebook parameters for a maximum of 128 antenna ports.
在一些实施例中,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的多个所述CSI的计算过程占用的CSI处理单元CPU的个数基于如下方式确定:所述CPU的占用个数基于系数X和所述N确定,所述系数X取自第一集合,其中,所述N表示配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目。可选地,第一集合可以为{0.375,0.5,0.75,1},也可以是{0.375,0.5,0.75,1},也可以是{1/4,9/64,9/16,3/8,1/2,3/4,1}。通过上述方法,对于用户设备120基于Rel-17端口选择码本联合多个 CSI-RS资源可以支持最大128天线端口的码本,可以有效的统计终端计算以及内容资源的占用情况,从而更好的控制终端的资源的使用,确保生效的特性不会超过终端的能力约束。In some embodiments, the number of CSI processing unit CPUs occupied by the calculation process of the multiple CSIs corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources is determined based on the following method: the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on the coefficient X and the N, and the coefficient X is taken from the first set, wherein the N represents the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement. Optionally, the first set can be {0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1}, or {0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1}, or {1/4, 9/64, 9/16, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1}. Through the above method, for the user equipment 120 based on the Rel-17 port selection codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources can support a codebook with a maximum of 128 antenna ports, effectively counting terminal calculations and content resource usage, thereby better controlling terminal resource usage and ensuring that effective features do not exceed terminal capability constraints.
具体地,用户设备120占用CPU个数的方法可能是如下至少一种:Specifically, the method in which the user equipment 120 occupies the number of CPUs may be at least one of the following:
方法一:参照Rel-17 FeTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-17 FeTypeII码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,显然,用户设备120计算的复杂度和配置的CSI-RS资源的数目有关,因此,用户设备120处理CSI占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=N,其中1≤N≤4表示配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目。Method 1: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For a codebook method based on the Rel-17 FeType II codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, it is clear that the calculation complexity of the user equipment 120 is related to the number of configured CSI-RS resources. Therefore, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 for CSI processing can be expressed as O cpu =N, where 1≤N≤4 represents the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement.
方法二:参照Rel-17 FeTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-17 FeTypeII码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,用户设备120配置的用于信道测量的多个CSI-RS可能支持的CSI-RS天线端口数为{48,64,128},而对于48个CSI-RS天线端口用户设备120可能配置3个16天线端口的CSI-RS资源,而对于64个CSI-RS天线端口,用户设备120可能配置2个32天线端口的CSI-RS资源,显然,如果以配置的CSI-RS资源个数来计算CPU的占用并不能很好的体现用户设备120处理的复杂度问题,对此,该实施例通过CSI-RS资源个数以及所有CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数两个因素来综合考虑CSI处理占用的CPU问题,因此,用户设备120处理CSI占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=XN,其中1≤N≤4表示配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目,X的取值可以是{0.375,0.5,0.75,1},且X∈{0.375,0.5,0.75,1}可以通过用户设备120能力进行上报。例如,对于48天线端口如果基站110给用户设备120配置2个24天线端口的CSI-RS资源,或者基站110给用户设备120配置了3个16天线端口的CSI-RS资源,按照上述规则,当N=2时,X的取值可以为0.75,当N=3时,X的取值可以为0.5,按照上述规则当CSI-RS天线端口为48时,不论信道测量的CSI-RS资源配置2个或3个,对用户设备120处理CSI上报占用的CPU相同。Method 2: Refer to the CPU calculation rules of Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook. The number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. When the FeTypeII codebook is combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a codebook method with a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by the multiple CSI-RSs configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is {48, 64, 128}, and for 48 CSI-RS antenna ports, the user equipment 120 may configure 3 CSI-RS resources with 16 antenna ports, and for 64 CSI-RS antenna ports, the user equipment 120 may configure 2 CSI-RS resources with 32 antenna ports. Obviously, if the CPU occupancy is calculated based on the number of configured CSI-RS resources, it cannot well reflect the complexity of the processing of the user equipment 120. To this end, this embodiment comprehensively considers the CPU problem occupied by CSI processing through two factors: the number of CSI-RS resources and the number of antenna ports corresponding to all CSI-RS resources. Therefore, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 for processing CSI can be expressed as O cpu =XN, where 1≤N≤4 represents the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement. The value of X can be {0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1}, and X∈{0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1} can be reported based on the capabilities of the user equipment 120. For example, for 48 antenna ports, if the base station 110 configures two CSI-RS resources with 24 antenna ports for the user equipment 120, or if the base station 110 configures three CSI-RS resources with 16 antenna ports for the user equipment 120, according to the above rules, when N=2, the value of X can be 0.75, and when N=3, the value of X can be 0.5. According to the above rules, when the number of CSI-RS antenna ports is 48, regardless of whether two or three CSI-RS resources are configured for channel measurement, the CPU occupied by the user equipment 120 for processing CSI reports is the same.
方法三:参照Rel-17 FeTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,对单个CSI-RS资源对应的最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时,对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-17 FeTypeII码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,用户设备120配置的用于信道测量的多个CSI-RS资源可能支持的总的CSI-RS天线端口数为{48,64,128},而考虑到基站110可以根据上下行信道的部分互易性,即上下行信道的角度时延互易可以提前识别一些信道质量较好的角度时延对信息,从而把利用这些质量较好的角度时延对信息给下行的CSI-RS信号进行预编码,按现有技术,用户设备120在进行天线端口选择时,可以选择的天线端口或基站110选择后的天线端口个数为Pcsi-rs,其中Pcsi-rs的取值为Pcsi-rs={48,64}。基站110给用户设备120配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的总的天线端口个数P大于Pcsi-rs时,基站110承担了部分天线端口选择的工作,因此,用户设备120的处理复杂度会有所降低,这对用户设备120上报CSI占用的CPU的个数会有影响,基于此该方法结合上述方法一给出用户设备120处理CSI占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=XN,其中X的取值可以是{0.375,0.5,0.75,1},且X∈{0.375,0.5,0.75,1}可以通过用户设备120能力进行上报。显然,当基站110给用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源总的天线端口数P=Pcsi-rs时,X的取值为1;当P>Pcsi-rs时,X的取值小于1,具体的取值和Pcsi-rs的取值有关,例如N=2时,P=64,若Pcsi-rs=48,则X的取值为0.75。 Method 3: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook, when performing codebook measurement and CSI reporting for the maximum 32 antenna ports corresponding to a single CSI-RS resource, the corresponding number of CPUs is 1. For a codebook method based on the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by multiple CSI-RS resources configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is {48, 64, 128}. Considering that the base station 110 can identify some angle delay pair information with better channel quality in advance based on the partial reciprocity of the uplink and downlink channels, that is, the reciprocity of the angle delays of the uplink and downlink channels, thereby using these angle delay pair information with better quality to precode the downlink CSI-RS signal, according to the prior art, when the user equipment 120 performs antenna port selection, the number of antenna ports that can be selected or the number of antenna ports selected by the base station 110 is P csi-rs , where the value of P csi-rs is P csi-rs ={48,64}. When the total number of antenna ports P of CSI-RS resources configured by base station 110 for user equipment 120 for channel measurement is greater than P csi-rs , base station 110 assumes some of the antenna port selection tasks. As a result, the processing complexity of user equipment 120 is reduced, which affects the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 for CSI reporting. Based on this, this method is combined with the above-mentioned method 1 to provide the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 for CSI processing, which can be expressed as O cpu =XN, where the value of X can be {0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1}, and X∈{0.375, 0.5, 0.75, 1} can be reported based on the capabilities of user equipment 120. Obviously, when the total number of antenna ports of the CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 for the user equipment 120 is P= PCSI-rs , the value of X is 1; when P> PCSI-rs , the value of X is less than 1. The specific value is related to the value of PCSI-rs . For example, when N=2, P=64. If PCSI-rs =48, the value of X is 0.75.
方法四:参照Rel-17 FeTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-17 FeTypeII码本联合多个CSI-RS资源支持最大128天线端口的码本方法时,用户设备120配置的用于信道测量的多个CSI-RS可能支持的总的CSI-RS天线端口数为{48,64,128},而考虑到基站110可以根据上下行信道的部分互易性,即上下行信道的角度时延互易可以提前识别一些信道质量较好的角度时延对信息,从而把利用这些质量较好的角度时延对信息给下行的CSI-RS信号进行预编码,按现有标准讨论进展,用户设备120在进行天线端口选择时,可以选择的天线端口或基站110选择后的天线端口个数为Pcsi-rs,其中Pcsi-rs的取值为Pcsi-rs={48,64}。显然基站110给用户设备120配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的总的天线端口个数P大于Pcsi-rs时,基站110承担了部分天线端口选择的工作,因此用户设备120的处理复杂度会有所降低,这对用户设备120上报CSI占用的CPU的个数会有影响。再者,考虑到不同的天线端口个数可能存在多种资源配置方式,例如,对于48天线端口,如果基站110给用户设备120配置2个24天线端口的CSI-RS资源,或者基站110给用户设备120配置了3个16天线端口的CSI-RS资源,为了保证相同天线端口个数时用户设备120占用的CPU个数相同,需要考虑天线端口个数对占用CPU的影响。基于上述两个因素,用户设备120处理CSI占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=XN,其中1≤N≤4表示配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目,X的取值可以是{1/4,9/64,9/16,3/8,1/2,3/4,1},且X∈{1/4,9/64,9/16,3/8,1/2,3/4,1}可以通过用户设备120能力进行上报。Method 4: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For a codebook method based on the Rel-17 FeTypeII codebook combined with multiple CSI-RS resources to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports, the total number of CSI-RS antenna ports that may be supported by multiple CSI-RSs configured by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is {48, 64, 128}. Considering that the base station 110 can identify some angle delay pair information with better channel quality in advance based on the partial reciprocity of the uplink and downlink channels, that is, the reciprocity of the angle delays of the uplink and downlink channels, thereby using these angle delay pair information with better quality to precode the downlink CSI-RS signal, according to the progress of existing standard discussions, when the user equipment 120 selects the antenna port, the number of antenna ports that can be selected or the number of antenna ports selected by the base station 110 is P csi-rs , where the value of P csi-rs is P csi-rs. ={48,64}. Obviously, when the total number of antenna ports P of CSI-RS resources configured by base station 110 for user equipment 120 for channel measurement is greater than P csi-rs , base station 110 assumes some of the antenna port selection tasks, thereby reducing the processing complexity of user equipment 120. This has an impact on the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 for CSI reporting. Furthermore, considering that different numbers of antenna ports may have multiple resource configuration methods, for example, for 48 antenna ports, if base station 110 configures user equipment 120 with two CSI-RS resources with 24 antenna ports, or if base station 110 configures user equipment 120 with three CSI-RS resources with 16 antenna ports, in order to ensure that the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120 is the same when the number of antenna ports is the same, the impact of the number of antenna ports on CPU usage needs to be considered. Based on the above two factors, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 for processing CSI can be expressed as O cpu =XN, where 1≤N≤4 represents the number of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement, and the value of X can be {1/4, 9/64, 9/16, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1}, and X∈{1/4, 9/64, 9/16, 3/8, 1/2, 3/4, 1} can be reported through the capabilities of the user equipment 120.
X之所以有上述取值,主要是因为以单个CSI-RS资源最大天线端口数32为基线,当基站110给用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源总的天线端口数P=Pcsi-rs时,且每个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数为32时,X的取值为1;当基站110给用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源总的天线端口数P=Pcsi-rs时,如果配置的CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数小于32,则X的取值小于1,具体的取值为每个CSI-RS资源对应天线端口数与单个CSI-RS资源最大天线端口数的比值,可以为{3/8,1/2,3/4};而当每个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口为32时,当P>Pcsi-rs时,根据方法三X的取值可以为{3/8,1/2,3/4};而当每个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口小于32时,且P>Pcsi-rs时,X的取值可以为{1/4,9/64,9/16}。The reason why X has the above values is mainly because, based on the maximum number of antenna ports for a single CSI-RS resource of 32, when the total number of antenna ports for CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 for the user equipment 120 is P=P csi-rs , and the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource is 32, the value of X is 1; when the total number of antenna ports for CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 for the user equipment 120 is P=P csi-rs , if the number of antenna ports corresponding to the configured CSI-RS resources is less than 32, the value of X is less than 1, and the specific value is the ratio of the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource to the maximum number of antenna ports for a single CSI-RS resource, which can be {3/8, 1/2, 3/4}; and when the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource is 32, when P>P csi-rs , according to method three, the value of X can be {3/8, 1/2, 3/4}; and when the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource is less than 32, and P>P When using CSI-RS , the value of X can be {1/4, 9/64, 9/16}.
对于TypeII类的码本增强,最大支持128天线端口,基于现有技术对于TypeII类码本的增强,考虑Rel-18 Type-II Doppler码本,针对该码本的增强非周期CSI-RS资源需要考虑怎么配置。为了解决上述问题,本公开采用如下方法解决。For Type II codebook enhancements, which support up to 128 antenna ports, the existing technology for Type II codebook enhancements considers the Rel-18 Type-II Doppler codebook. The enhanced aperiodic CSI-RS resources for this codebook require consideration. To address the aforementioned issues, the present disclosure employs the following approach.
图4图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图4所示,该方法可以应用于用户设备120。所述方法包括:FIG4 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG4 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
步骤A100、接收用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;所述预定义阈值为32;Step A100: Receive channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; and the predefined threshold is 32;
步骤A200、基于码本参数信息或码本参数组合信息和所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算信道状态信息CSI并上报。Step A200: Calculate and report channel state information CSI based on the codebook parameter information or codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information.
图5图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图5所示,该方法可以应用于基站110。所述方法包括:FIG5 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure. As shown in FIG5 , the method can be applied to a base station 110. The method includes:
步骤B100、发送用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于 预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;所述预定义阈值为32;Step B100: Send channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes several CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than Predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; the predefined threshold is 32;
步骤B200、接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。Step B200: Receive channel state information CSI fed back by the terminal, recover precoding information according to the received CSI, and send data or control information based on the precoding information.
具体地,用户设备120接收基站110发送的用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,由于所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,而与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值,因此,CSI-RS资源配置信息中每个CSI-RS资源组能支持更大的天线端口,用户设备120基于码本参数信息或码本参数组合信息和所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算信道状态信息CSI并上报,一定程度上起到降低信令配置的目的,并且可以使基站110提供更好的覆盖范围和更高的数据传输速率,可以提高网络的可靠性和稳定性,减少数据传输延迟和丢包率。Specifically, the user equipment 120 receives the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement sent by the base station 110. Since the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes several CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold, each CSI-RS resource group in the CSI-RS resource configuration information can support a larger antenna port. The user equipment 120 calculates and reports the channel state information CSI based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information, which to a certain extent reduces the signaling configuration, and enables the base station 110 to provide better coverage and higher data transmission rate, thereby improving the reliability and stability of the network and reducing data transmission delay and packet loss rate.
值得注意的是,基于码本参数信息或码本参数组合信息和所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算信道状态信息CSI并上报采用现有技术,在此不再赘述。It is worth noting that the channel state information CSI is calculated and reported based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information using existing technologies, which will not be described in detail here.
实施例四是图4和图5的一些具体实施方式。The fourth embodiment is some specific implementations of Figures 4 and 5.
实施例四Example 4
在一些实施例中,所述CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述CSI-RS资源集合中的多个CSI-RS资源被分为若干CSI-RS资源组,每个CSI-RS资源组中的各个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数相同;基于CSI-RS资源的分组,以及对每个CSI-RS资源组中的各个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数的约束,可以节省信令开销。In some embodiments, the CSI-RS resources are used for channel measurement, and the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes a CSI-RS resource set, wherein the multiple CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set are divided into a plurality of CSI-RS resource groups, and the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource in each CSI-RS resource group is the same; based on the grouping of CSI-RS resources and the constraint on the number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource in each CSI-RS resource group, signaling overhead can be saved.
对Rel-18 Type-II Doppler码本进行增强,使其支持跨多个用于信道测量的非零功率信道状态信息参考(Non-Zero Power CSI-RS,NZP CSI-RS)资源支持大于32天线端口的信道测量和码本设计,具体的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源配置可以有如下至少一种方式:The Rel-18 Type-II Doppler codebook is enhanced to support channel measurement and codebook design for more than 32 antenna ports across multiple Non-Zero Power CSI-RS (NZP CSI-RS) resources used for channel measurement. The specific CSI-RS resource configuration for channel measurement can be in at least one of the following ways:
方式一:配置X个CSI-RS资源集合,X可能的取值为{2,3,4}中的至少一个,每个资源集合中可以配置的用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源的数目为{4,8,12}中的至少一个,多个CSI-RS资源集合中包含的用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源数相同,且每个集合中用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源的天线端口数相同,并且不同CSI-RS资源集合中用于信道测量的多个非周期CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数相同/不相同,每个CSI-RS资源集合中取出一个用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源组成一个CSI-RS资源组,每个CSI-RS资源组中所有的CSI-RS天线端口数之和大于32小于128,且同一个CSI-RS资源组中的多个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的两个或更多的slot,例如3个或4个。另外,同一CSI-RS资源集合中,用于信道测量的多个CSI-Rs资源中连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的slot。这里的连续可以指CSI-RS资源在时域上的连续,也可以指CSI-RS资源编号的连续。这里需要注意的是多个CSI-RS资源集合,以及资源集合中的多个非周期CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发。并且同一资源组中多个CSI-RS资源总的天线端口对应的天线端口索引相同。Method 1: Configure X CSI-RS resource sets, where X may be at least one of {2, 3, 4}. The number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured for channel measurement in each resource set is at least one of {4, 8, 12}. The multiple CSI-RS resource sets contain the same number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement, and the number of antenna ports for the aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in each set is the same. The number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple aperiodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in different CSI-RS resource sets is the same/different. From each CSI-RS resource set, one aperiodic CSI-RS resource for channel measurement is selected to form a CSI-RS resource group. The sum of the number of CSI-RS antenna ports in each CSI-RS resource group is greater than 32 and less than 128. The multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource group are located in two or more identical or adjacent slots, for example, three or four. In addition, in the same CSI-RS resource set, two consecutive CSI-RS resources among multiple CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement are located in the same or adjacent slots. The term "continuous" here can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain or the continuity of CSI-RS resource numbers. It should be noted that multiple CSI-RS resource sets and multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the resource set are triggered based on the same trigger instance. In addition, the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna port of multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group is the same.
方式二:配置X个CSI-RS资源集合,X可能的取值为{4,8,12}中的至少一个,每个资源集合中可以配置的用于信道测量的非周期的CSI-RS资源的数目为{2,3,4}中的至少一个,多个CSI-RS资源集合中包含的用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源数相同,且同一个资源集合中多个非周期CSI-RS资源包含的天线端口数也相同,并且多个集合中用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源的总的天线端口数相同,同时每个资源集合中用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的总的天线端口数大于32小于128。再者,同一CSI-RS资源集合中多个非周期CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的两个或更多的时隙(slot),例如3个或4个。另外,不同CSI-RS资源集合中连续的CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的slot,这里的连续可以指CSI-RS资源在时 域上的连续,也可以指不同资源集合中相同编号的CSI-RS资源。这里需要注意的是多个CSI-RS资源集合,以及资源集合中的多个CSI-RS资源基于同一个触发信号触发。并且同一资源集合中多个CSI-RS资源总的天线端口对应的天线端口索引相同。Method 2: Configure X CSI-RS resource sets, where X may take at least one of {4, 8, 12}. The number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured for channel measurement in each resource set is at least one of {2, 3, 4}. The number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement contained in multiple CSI-RS resource sets is the same, and the number of antenna ports contained in multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the same resource set is also the same. The total number of antenna ports for non-periodic CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in multiple sets is the same, and the total number of antenna ports for CSI-RS resources for channel measurement in each resource set is greater than 32 and less than 128. Furthermore, multiple non-periodic CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource set are located in the same or adjacent two or more time slots, such as 3 or 4. In addition, consecutive CSI-RS resources in different CSI-RS resource sets are located in the same or adjacent slots. The consecutiveness here may refer to the CSI-RS resources being in the same time slot. Domain continuity can also refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different resource sets. It is important to note that multiple CSI-RS resource sets, and multiple CSI-RS resources within a resource set, are triggered by the same trigger signal. Furthermore, the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna ports of multiple CSI-RS resources within the same resource set is the same.
方式三:配置1个CSI-RS资源集合,该资源集合中可以配置的用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源的数目可以是{8,12,16,24,32,36,48}中的至少一个,多个CSI-RS资源可以被分为4/8/12个CSI-RS资源组,同一资源组下包含的CSI-RS资源的个数相同可以为{2,3,4}中的至少一个,且同一资源组下多个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数相同,进而可以得到多个CSI-RS资源组中所有CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数之和相同,且天线端口数之和大于32小于128,并且多个CSI-RS资源组中的多个CSI-RS资源总的天线端口对应的天线端口索引相同,多个CSI-RS资源组用于测量不同时刻基站110和用户设备120之间的信道。再者,同一个CSI-RS资源组中的多个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的两个或更多的slot,例如3个或4个。另外,不同CSI-RS资源组中,连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的slot,这里的连续可以指CSI-RS资源在时域上的连续,也可以指不同CSI-RS资源组中相同编号的CSI-RS资源。这里需要注意的是上述CSI-RS资源集合中,所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发。例如,一个CSI-RS资源集合中配置了8个CSI-RS资源,这8个CSI-RS资源可以分成4个CSI-RS资源组,每个CSI-RS资源组中包含两个CSI-RS资源,且这两个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数之和大于32,且各个CSI-RS资源组中2个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数之和相同。Method 3: One CSI-RS resource set is configured. The number of aperiodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured in the resource set for channel measurement can be at least one of {8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 36, 48}. Multiple CSI-RS resources can be divided into 4/8/12 CSI-RS resource groups. The number of CSI-RS resources contained in the same resource group can be the same, which can be at least one of {2, 3, 4}. The multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group correspond to the same number of antenna ports. Consequently, the sum of the number of antenna ports corresponding to all CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resource groups is the same, and the sum of the number of antenna ports is greater than 32 and less than 128. Furthermore, the antenna port index corresponding to the total antenna ports of the multiple CSI-RS resources in the multiple CSI-RS resource groups is the same. The multiple CSI-RS resource groups are used to measure the channel between base station 110 and user equipment 120 at different times. Furthermore, the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource group are located in two or more identical or adjacent slots, such as three or four. In addition, in different CSI-RS resource groups, two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent slots. The continuity here can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain, or it can refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different CSI-RS resource groups. It should be noted here that in the above-mentioned CSI-RS resource set, all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance. For example, 8 CSI-RS resources are configured in a CSI-RS resource set. These 8 CSI-RS resources can be divided into 4 CSI-RS resource groups, each CSI-RS resource group contains two CSI-RS resources, and the sum of the number of antenna ports of these two CSI-RS resources is greater than 32, and the sum of the number of antenna ports corresponding to the two CSI-RS resources in each CSI-RS resource group is the same.
方式四:配置1个CSI-RS资源集合,该资源集合中可以配置的用于信道测量的非周期CSI-RS资源的数目可以是{8,12,16,24,32,36,48}中的至少一个,多个CSI-RS资源可以被分为2/3/4个CSI-RS资源组,同一资源组下包含的CSI-RS资源的个数相同,可以为{4,8,12}中的至少一个,且同一资源组下多个CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数相同,分别从不同的CSI-RS资源组中取出一个CSI-RS资源构成一个CSI-RS资源对,每个资源对用于测量不同时刻基站110和用户设备120之间的信道,且每个资源对中所有CSI-RS资源对应的总的天线端口大于32小于128,并且每个资源对中的多个CSI-RS资源总的天线端口数对应的天线端口索引相同。再者,同一个CSI-RS资源对中的多个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的两个或更多的slot,例如3个或4个。另外,不同CSI-RS资源组中,连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的slot,这里的连续可以指CSI-RS资源在时域上的连续,也可以指不同CSI-RS资源组中相同编号的CSI-RS资源。这里需要注意的是上述CSI-RS资源集合中,所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发。例如,一个CSI-RS资源集合中配置了8个CSI-RS资源,这8个CSI-RS资源可以分成2个CSI-RS资源组,每个CSI-RS资源组中包含4个CSI-RS资源,因此,这8个CSI-RS资源又可以组成4个CSI-RS资源对,且每个CSI-RS资源对的总的天线端口数之和大于32,这4个CSI-RS资源对分别用于测量不同时刻基站110和用户设备120之间的信道。Method 4: Configure one CSI-RS resource set. The number of non-periodic CSI-RS resources that can be configured in the resource set for channel measurement can be at least one of {8, 12, 16, 24, 32, 36, 48}. Multiple CSI-RS resources can be divided into 2/3/4 CSI-RS resource groups. The number of CSI-RS resources contained in the same resource group is the same, which can be at least one of {4, 8, 12}. The number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources in the same resource group is the same. One CSI-RS resource is taken from each different CSI-RS resource group to form a CSI-RS resource pair. Each resource pair is used to measure the channel between the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 at different times. The total number of antenna ports corresponding to all CSI-RS resources in each resource pair is greater than 32 and less than 128, and the antenna port index corresponding to the total number of antenna ports of the multiple CSI-RS resources in each resource pair is the same. Furthermore, multiple CSI-RS resources in the same CSI-RS resource pair are located in the same or adjacent two or more slots, such as 3 or 4. In addition, in different CSI-RS resource groups, two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent slots. The continuity here can refer to the continuity of CSI-RS resources in the time domain, or it can refer to CSI-RS resources with the same number in different CSI-RS resource groups. It should be noted here that in the above-mentioned CSI-RS resource set, all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same triggering instance. For example, 8 CSI-RS resources are configured in a CSI-RS resource set. These 8 CSI-RS resources can be divided into 2 CSI-RS resource groups, each CSI-RS resource group contains 4 CSI-RS resources. Therefore, these 8 CSI-RS resources can form 4 CSI-RS resource pairs, and the sum of the total number of antenna ports of each CSI-RS resource pair is greater than 32. These 4 CSI-RS resource pairs are used to measure the channel between the base station 110 and the user equipment 120 at different times.
在一些实施例中,所述CSI-RS资源用于干扰测量,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息为信道状态信息干扰测量CSI-IM资源配置信息,所述CSI-IM资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-IM资源集合,在每个CSI-IM资源集合中配置至少一个CSI-IM资源用于干扰测量。In some embodiments, the CSI-RS resource is used for interference measurement, the CSI-RS resource configuration information is channel state information interference measurement CSI-IM resource configuration information, the CSI-IM resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-IM resource set, and at least one CSI-IM resource is configured in each CSI-IM resource set for interference measurement.
具体地,对于干扰测量,在干扰测量资源集合csi-IM-ResourceSet中配置1个CSI-IM资源用于干扰测量;或在干扰测量资源集合csi-IM-ResourceSet中配置多个CSI-RS资源用于干扰测量,例如配置2/3/4个CSI-IM资源用于干扰测量,且多个CSI-IM采用相同的pattern,或者在现有的pattern基础上对pattern进行扩展,这样干扰测量更准确。具体扩展后的pattern占用的时频域资源的图样如图6中的((a)、(b)、(c)、(d)、(e))所示。Specifically, for interference measurement, one CSI-IM resource is configured in the interference measurement resource set csi-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement; or multiple CSI-RS resources are configured in the interference measurement resource set csi-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. For example, 2/3/4 CSI-IM resources are configured for interference measurement, and multiple CSI-IMs use the same pattern, or the pattern is extended based on the existing pattern, so that the interference measurement is more accurate. The diagram of the time-frequency domain resources occupied by the specific extended pattern is shown in ((a), (b), (c), (d), and (e)) of Figure 6.
此外,现有技术还存在如下几个问题:(1)对于基于CRI的码本增强,最大支持128天线端口,基于现有技术考虑支持TypeI single panel码本,还有可能考虑支持Rel-16 TypeII码本,对此标准可能需要做一些降低终端处理复杂度的约束,具体需要解决约束那些参数和配置的问题?(2)对于基于CRI的码本增强,主要基于Rel-15 single panel进行扩展,考虑上报多个CRI和其对应的CSI,最大可能上报KS=8个,可能需要通过多个CSI对信息进行上报,目前标准对同时多个CSI上报的只支持半持续PUCCH上报,且还是针对资源集合的,因此可能还需要考虑基于单个资源集合以及多个资源集合下基于PUSCH的上报?(3)对于基于CRI的码本增强,最大支持128天线端口,基于现有技术考虑支持TypeIsinglepanel码本,还有可能考虑支持Rel-16 TypeII码本,用户设备120要上报多个CRI及其对应的所述CSI,考虑到不同波束对应的信道特征差异较大,为了更好的表征每个波束的所述CSI,可能需要基站110给用户设备120配置多套码本参数,或者对于Rel-15TypeI码本可能需要基于不同的码本模式,因此这里主要考虑多套码本参数的配置问题?(4)对于TypeII类的码本增强,最大支持128天线端口,基于现有技术对于TypeII类码本的增强考虑Rel-16 eType-II码本,针对该码本的增强基站110给用户设备120配置多个CSI-RS资源,且目前标准已经形成agreement需要支持48,64,128天线端口,但不同的天线端口可能存在多种资源配置方式,按现有的CPU占用计算规则不同的资源配置方式占用的CPU不同,该规则可能不太适用,其次,基站110可能给用户设备120配置多套码本参数组合配置,需要用户设备120在多套码本参数配置中选择一套使用,用户设备120选择的过程增加了用户设备120处理的复杂度,现有的CPU计算规则可能不在适用,因此需要做相应的修改?为了解决上述问题,本公开采用如下方法解决。In addition, the existing technology still has the following problems: (1) For CRI-based codebook enhancement, a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Based on the existing technology, support for Type I single panel codebook is considered, and support for Rel-16 is also possible. Type II codebook. For this standard, some constraints may need to be imposed to reduce the complexity of terminal processing. Specifically, which parameters and configurations need to be resolved? (2) For CRI-based codebook enhancement, it is mainly based on the expansion of Rel-15 single panel. Considering reporting multiple CRIs and their corresponding CSIs, the maximum possible reporting is K S = 8. It may be necessary to report information through multiple CSIs. The current standard only supports semi-persistent PUCCH reporting for simultaneous multiple CSI reporting, and it is still for resource sets. Therefore, it may also be necessary to consider PUSCH-based reporting based on a single resource set and multiple resource sets? (3) For CRI-based codebook enhancement, a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Based on existing technologies, support for the TypeIsinglepanel codebook is considered, and support for the Rel-16 TypeII codebook may also be considered. The user equipment 120 needs to report multiple CRIs and their corresponding CSIs. Considering that the channel characteristics corresponding to different beams vary greatly, in order to better characterize the CSI of each beam, the base station 110 may need to configure multiple sets of codebook parameters for the user equipment 120, or the Rel-15 TypeI codebook may need to be based on different codebook modes. Therefore, the main consideration here is the configuration of multiple sets of codebook parameters? (4) For Type II codebook enhancement, a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Based on the existing technology for enhancing Type II codebooks, the Rel-16 eType-II codebook is considered. For the enhancement of this codebook, the base station 110 configures multiple CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120. The current standard has reached an agreement to support 48, 64, and 128 antenna ports. However, different antenna ports may have multiple resource configuration methods. According to the existing CPU occupancy calculation rules, different resource configuration methods occupy different CPUs, and this rule may not be applicable. Secondly, the base station 110 may configure multiple sets of codebook parameter combination configurations for the user equipment 120, requiring the user equipment 120 to select one set from the multiple codebook parameter configurations. The selection process of the user equipment 120 increases the processing complexity of the user equipment 120, and the existing CPU calculation rules may no longer be applicable. Therefore, corresponding modifications are required. In order to solve the above problems, the present disclosure adopts the following method to solve them.
图7图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图7所示,该方法可以应用于用户设备120。所述方法包括:FIG7 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided by the present disclosure. As shown in FIG7 , the method can be applied to user equipment 120. The method includes:
步骤C100:接收用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;Step C100: receiving channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
步骤C200:基于所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,上报至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。Step C200: Based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, report at least one channel state information CSI reporting instance, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the several CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
图8图示了本公开提供的信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法的流程图之一,如图8所示,该方法可以应用于基站110。所述方法包括:FIG8 illustrates one of the flow charts of the method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI) provided in the present disclosure. As shown in FIG8 , the method can be applied to a base station 110. The method includes:
步骤D100:发送用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;Step D100: Sending channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
步骤D200:接收至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。Step D200: Receive at least one channel state information (CSI) reporting instance, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the plurality of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
具体地,用户设备120接收基站110发送的用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;用户设备120基于所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算并上报对应的所述CSI,从而节省上报信令开销。Specifically, the user equipment 120 receives the channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement sent by the base station 110; the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups; the user equipment 120 calculates and reports the corresponding CSI based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, thereby saving reporting signaling overhead.
实施例五至实施例八是图7和图8的一些具体实施方式。Embodiments 5 to 8 are some specific implementations of Figures 7 and 8.
实施例五Example 5
在一些实施例中,所述预定义阈值为32,所述若干CSI-RS资源用于信道测量。In some embodiments, the predefined threshold is 32, and the plurality of CSI-RS resources are used for channel measurement.
在一些实施例中,针对每个CSI上报实例,约束如下至少一种信息:秩指示RI、预编码矩阵指示PMI子带个数、CSI-RS资源指示CRI的个数和空域基底个数。在一些实施例中,针对每个CSI上报实例,约束所述CSI-RS资源配置信息的如下至少一种信息:用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数和每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数。通过上述方法,可以节省用户设备120的上报开销以及降低用户设备120的处理复杂度。 In some embodiments, for each CSI reporting instance, at least one of the following information is constrained: the rank indicator (RI), the number of precoding matrix indicator (PMI) subbands, the number of CSI-RS resource indicators (CRI), and the number of spatial bases. In some embodiments, for each CSI reporting instance, at least one of the following information in the CSI-RS resource configuration information is constrained: the number of CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement and the number of antenna ports per CSI-RS resource. This method can reduce reporting overhead and processing complexity for user equipment 120.
具体地,对于混合波束赋形架构下基于CRI扩展的CSI上报增强,用户设备120可能上报多个CRI,以及对应的所述CSI,所述CSI中可能包含RI、PMI、CQI中的至少一个,如果上报的每个CRI对应的CSI的计算是基于Rel-16 eType II码本的,则为了控制用户设备120的上报开销和用户设备120处理的复杂度,需要对用户设备120的能力做一些约束,具体可以采用如下方法中的至少一种:Specifically, for CSI reporting enhancement based on CRI extension under the hybrid beamforming architecture, the user equipment 120 may report multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI, and the CSI may include at least one of RI, PMI, and CQI. If the calculation of the CSI corresponding to each reported CRI is based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, in order to control the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 and the complexity of the processing of the user equipment 120, it is necessary to impose some constraints on the capabilities of the user equipment 120. Specifically, at least one of the following methods may be adopted:
方法一:约束CSI-RS资源指示(CRI)对应CSI支持的秩指示(RI)的取值,RI取值为1≤RI≤4;且为了降低用户设备120处理的复杂度和上报开销,可以约束CRI对应的CSI的计算只支持R=1,这里的R表示CQI子带中包含的PMI子带的个数;再者,为了进一步降低用户设备120的处理复杂度和上报开销,还可以约束当上报的CRI的个数大于1时,码本空域基底的个数最大为2或4;注意上述对RI的约束、空域基底个数的约束,以及对R取值的约束可以独立进行约束,也可以多个约束同时生效。Method 1: Constrain the CSI-RS resource indication (CRI) to the value of the rank indication (RI) supported by the CSI, with the RI value being 1≤RI≤4; and in order to reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the user equipment 120, the calculation of the CSI corresponding to the CRI can be constrained to only support R=1, where R represents the number of PMI subbands included in the CQI subband; further, in order to further reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the user equipment 120, it is also possible to constrain the number of codebook spatial bases to a maximum of 2 or 4 when the number of reported CRIs is greater than 1; note that the above-mentioned constraints on RI, the constraints on the number of spatial bases, and the constraints on the R value can be constrained independently, or multiple constraints can be effective simultaneously.
方法二:约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks的最大取值为8,而上报的CRI的个数M最大取值为2/4/6/8,且每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数最大为16或32;再者,为了进一步降低用户设备120的处理复杂度和上报开销,还可以约束每个CRI对应CSI支持的RI的取值、R的取值、以及码本空域基底的个数;例如,约束RI的取值为1≤RI≤4或1≤RI≤2,约束R的取值只支持R=1,约束CRI大于1时码本空域基底的个数最大为2或4;注意上述对RI的约束、空域基底个数的约束,以及对R取值的约束可以独立进行约束,也可以多个约束同时生效。Method 2: The maximum value of the number Ks of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement is constrained to 8, the maximum value of the number M of CRIs reported is 2/4/6/8, and the maximum number of antenna ports for each CSI-RS resource is 16 or 32. Furthermore, to further reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the user equipment 120, the RI value supported by each CRI corresponding to the CSI, the value of R, and the number of codebook spatial bases can also be constrained. For example, the RI value can be constrained to 1≤RI≤4 or 1≤RI≤2, the R value can only support R=1, and the maximum number of codebook spatial bases when the CRI is greater than 1 is constrained to 2 or 4. Note that the above constraints on RI, the constraint on the number of spatial bases, and the constraint on the R value can be constrained independently, or multiple constraints can be effective simultaneously.
方法三:约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks的最大取值为4,而上报的CRI的个数M最大取值为2/4,且每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数最大为16或32;再者,为了进一步降低用户设备120的处理复杂度和上报开销,还可以约束每个CRI对应CSI支持的RI的取值、R的取值、以及码本空域基底的个数;例如,约束RI的取值为1≤RI≤4或1≤RI≤2,约束R的取值只支持R=1,约束CRI大于1时码本空域基底的个数最大为4;注意上述对RI的约束、空域基底个数的约束,以及对R取值的约束可以独立进行约束,也可以多个约束同时生效。Method 3: The maximum value of the number Ks of CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement is constrained to be 4, the maximum value of the number M of CRIs reported is 2/4, and the maximum number of antenna ports for each CSI-RS resource is 16 or 32. Furthermore, to further reduce the processing complexity and reporting overhead of the user equipment 120, the RI value supported by each CRI corresponding to the CSI, the value of R, and the number of codebook spatial bases can also be constrained. For example, the RI value can be constrained to be 1≤RI≤4 or 1≤RI≤2, the R value can be constrained to only support R=1, and the maximum number of codebook spatial bases when the CRI is greater than 1 is constrained to be 4. Note that the above constraints on RI, the number of spatial bases, and the R value can be constrained independently, or multiple constraints can be effective simultaneously.
在一些实施例中,针对每个CSI上报实例,约束如下至少一种信息:RI、CRI的个数和每个CRI对应CSI的计算空域波束。在一些实施例中,针对每个CSI上报实例,约束所述CSI-RS资源配置信息的如下至少一种信息:用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数和每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数。通过上述方法可以降低用户设备120的上报开销和用户设备120处理的复杂度。In some embodiments, for each CSI reporting instance, at least one of the following information is constrained: the number of RIs, CRIs, and the spatial beam for calculating the CSI corresponding to each CRI. In some embodiments, for each CSI reporting instance, at least one of the following information is constrained in the CSI-RS resource configuration information: the number of CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement and the number of antenna ports for each CSI-RS resource. This method can reduce the reporting overhead of user equipment 120 and the processing complexity of user equipment 120.
具体地,对于混合波束赋形架构下基于CRI扩展的CSI上报增强,用户设备120可能上报多个CRI,以及对应的所述CSI,所述CSI中可能包含RI、PMI、CQI中的至少一个,如果上报的每个CRI对应的CSI的计算是基于Rel-15 Type I码本的,则为了控制用户设备120的上报开销和用户设备120处理的复杂度,需要对用户设备120的能力做一些约束,具体可以采用如下方法中的至少一种:Specifically, for CSI reporting enhancement based on CRI extension under the hybrid beamforming architecture, the user equipment 120 may report multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI, and the CSI may include at least one of RI, PMI, and CQI. If the calculation of the CSI corresponding to each reported CRI is based on the Rel-15 Type I codebook, in order to control the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 and the complexity of the processing of the user equipment 120, it is necessary to impose some constraints on the capabilities of the user equipment 120. Specifically, at least one of the following methods may be adopted:
方法一:约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的天线端口数小于16时,只支持1≤RI≤4;约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的天线端口数大于16时,可以支持1≤RI≤8。Method 1: When the number of antenna ports in the constrained CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement is less than 16, only 1≤RI≤4 is supported. When the number of antenna ports in the constrained CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement is greater than 16, 1≤RI≤8 is supported.
方法二:约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks的最大取值为8,而上报的CRI的个数M最大取值为4,且每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数最大为16或32;同时约束上报的CRI对应CSI的最大RI的取值为1≤RI≤4,以及还可能约束每个CRI对应CSI的计算空域波束的个数L的取值不超过L=4。Method 2: The maximum value of the configured CSI-RS resources Ks for channel measurement is constrained to 8, the maximum value of the reported CRI number M is 4, and the maximum number of antenna ports for each CSI-RS resource is 16 or 32. At the same time, the maximum RI value of the CSI corresponding to the reported CRI is constrained to be 1≤RI≤4, and the number of spatial domain beams L for calculating the CSI corresponding to each CRI may also be constrained to not exceed L=4.
方法三:约束配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks的最大取值为4,而上报的CRI的个数M≤Ks,且每个CSI-RS资源的天线端口数最大为32;同时约束上报的CRI对 应CSI的最大RI的取值为1≤RI≤4,以及还可能约束每个CRI对应CSI的计算空域波束的个数L的取值不超过L=4。Method 3: The maximum value of the number of CSI-RS resources Ks used for channel measurement is constrained to be 4, and the number of reported CRIs M≤Ks , and the maximum number of antenna ports for each CSI-RS resource is 32; at the same time, the reported CRI is constrained to The maximum RI value of the CSI should be 1≤RI≤4, and the number L of spatial domain beams for calculating the CSI corresponding to each CRI may also be constrained to not exceed L=4.
实施例六Example 6
在一些实施例中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息的配置方式包括如下至少一种:若干CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中和若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源位于多个CSI-RS测量资源集合中。在一些实施例中,若干CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中,所述CSI-RS测量资源集合中的多个CSI-RS资源被分为若干CSI-RS资源组。通过上述方法,增加基站110给用户设备120资源配置的灵活性,一定程度上降低信令配置开销。In some embodiments, the CSI-RS resource configuration information is configured in at least one of the following ways: multiple CSI-RS resources are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set, and multiple Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resources are located in multiple CSI-RS measurement resource sets. In some embodiments, multiple CSI-RS resources are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set, and the multiple CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS measurement resource set are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups. Through the above method, the flexibility of resource configuration of user equipment 120 by base station 110 is increased, and signaling configuration overhead is reduced to a certain extent.
具体地,对于基于CRI扩展的CSI上报增强,用户设备120可能上报多个CRI,以及对应的所述CSI,所述CSI中可能包含RI、PMI、CQI中的至少一个,例如用户设备120支持配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目为Ks,其中Ks的最大取值为8。因此,原则上用户设备120最多可能上报8个CSI-RS资源测量得到的所述CSI,对于用户设备120上报多个CRI以及与其对应的CSI时,考虑到用户设备120上报开销较大,基站110需要给用户设备120分配较多的上报资源,为了增加基站110给用户设备120分配上报资源的灵活性,以及更好的对用户设备120上报内容的优先级进行区分,本实施例主要考虑当上报的CRI的个数大于某个门限之后需要通过多个CSI组上报,这里的CSI组上报表示上报的CSI组信息中包含多个CRI及与多个CRI对应的所述CSI。例如,上报的CRI的个数大于4时,需要通过多个CSI组进行上报,而用户设备120上报CRI的个数可以作为用户设备120的一个能力特征,例如,用户设备120上报CRI的个数小于等于4时是用户设备120的基本特征,而用户设备120上报大于4个CRI是用户设备120的一个能力特征。注意上述CRI的个数大于某个门限也可以是其它的值,4只是一个具体的示例。在设计具体的上报方法前,该实施例首先确定可能的资源配置方式,因为该资源配置方式可能关系到具体的CSI的上报触发。该实施例基于两种可能的资源配置方式,具体如下:Specifically, for CSI reporting enhancement based on CRI extension, the user equipment 120 may report multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI, and the CSI may include at least one of RI, PMI, and CQI. For example, the number of CSI-RS resources supported by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is K s , where the maximum value of K s is 8. Therefore, in principle, the user equipment 120 may report the CSI obtained by measuring up to 8 CSI-RS resources. When the user equipment 120 reports multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSIs, considering that the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 is large, the base station 110 needs to allocate more reporting resources to the user equipment 120. In order to increase the flexibility of the base station 110 in allocating reporting resources to the user equipment 120, and to better distinguish the priority of the reporting content of the user equipment 120, this embodiment mainly considers that when the number of reported CRIs is greater than a certain threshold, it needs to be reported through multiple CSI groups. The CSI group reporting here indicates that the reported CSI group information contains multiple CRIs and the CSI corresponding to the multiple CRIs. For example, when the number of reported CRIs is greater than 4, it is necessary to report through multiple CSI groups, and the number of CRIs reported by the user equipment 120 can be used as a capability feature of the user equipment 120. For example, when the number of CRIs reported by the user equipment 120 is less than or equal to 4, it is a basic feature of the user equipment 120, and when the user equipment 120 reports more than 4 CRIs, it is a capability feature of the user equipment 120. Note that the number of CRIs greater than a certain threshold can also be other values, and 4 is just a specific example. Before designing a specific reporting method, this embodiment first determines a possible resource configuration method, because this resource configuration method may be related to the specific CSI reporting trigger. This embodiment is based on two possible resource configuration methods, which are as follows:
方式一:所有的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中,且同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中的多个CSI-RS可以拆分为两组,具体的拆分方式可以是:若Ks为偶数,则两组CSI-RS资源个数相同,若Ks为奇数,则第一组CSI-RS资源比第二组CSI-RS资源多1个;也可以是当资源集合中总的CSI-RS资源个数大于X时,第一个资源组中包含的CSI-RS资源个数为X,另一个CSI-RS资源组中的CSI-RS资源的个数为Ks-X。Method 1: All CSI-RS resources used for channel measurement are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set, and multiple CSI-RSs in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set can be split into two groups. The specific splitting method can be: if Ks is an even number, the number of CSI-RS resources in the two groups is the same; if Ks is an odd number, the first group of CSI-RS resources has one more CSI-RS resource than the second group of CSI-RS resources. Alternatively, when the total number of CSI-RS resources in the resource set is greater than X, the number of CSI-RS resources included in the first resource group is X, and the number of CSI-RS resources in the other CSI-RS resource group is Ks -X.
方式二:当CSI-RS资源的个数小于或等于X时,所有的CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中,当CSI-RS资源的个数大于X时,将小于或等于X的CSI-RS资源位于CSI-RS测量资源集合中,将大于X的CSI-RS资源位于另一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中。Method 2: When the number of CSI-RS resources is less than or equal to X, all CSI-RS resources are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set. When the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than X, CSI-RS resources less than or equal to X are located in one CSI-RS measurement resource set, and CSI-RS resources greater than X are located in another CSI-RS measurement resource set.
方式三:当CSI-RS资源的个数小于等于X时,所有的CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中,当CSI-RS资源的个数大于X时,配置两个CSI-RS资源集合,每个集合中包含相同数目的CSI-RS资源,即配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源只能是偶数。Method 3: When the number of CSI-RS resources is less than or equal to X, all CSI-RS resources are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set. When the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than X, two CSI-RS resource sets are configured, each containing the same number of CSI-RS resources. That is, the CSI-RS resources configured for channel measurement can only be an even number.
方式四:当CSI-RS资源的个数小于等于X时,所有的CSI-RS资源位于同一个CSI-RS测量资源集合中,当CSI-RS资源的个数大于X时,配置两个CSI-RS资源集合,每个集合中包含相同数目的CSI-RS资源,如果总的CSI-RS资源为奇数个,则较小的或较大的索引对应的CSI-RS资源集合多分配一个CSI-RS资源,所述索引为CSI-RS资源集合的索引。Method 4: When the number of CSI-RS resources is less than or equal to X, all CSI-RS resources are located in the same CSI-RS measurement resource set. When the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than X, two CSI-RS resource sets are configured, each containing the same number of CSI-RS resources. If the total number of CSI-RS resources is an odd number, the CSI-RS resource set corresponding to the smaller or larger index is allocated one additional CSI-RS resource. The index is the index of the CSI-RS resource set.
上述几种方式中X的取值可以是至少如下集合中取值的一种:{2,4,6}。In the above methods, the value of X can be at least one of the following sets: {2, 4, 6}.
在一些实施例中,所述CSI的上报方式为半持续上报,所述CSI承载于物理上行控制信道PUCCH中,所述方法还包括通过媒体访问控制子层控制单元MACCE同时激活多个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报。通过上述上报方法,可以节省上报的信令开销。 In some embodiments, the CSI is reported in a semi-persistent manner, the CSI is carried in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), and the method further includes simultaneously activating CSI reporting corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource groups via a media access control sublayer control element (MACCE). This reporting method can reduce signaling overhead for reporting.
在一些实施例中,所述CSI的上报方式为半持续上报或非周期上报,所述CSI承载于物理上行共享信道PUSCH中,所述方法还包括通过下行链路控制信息DCI在同时激活多个CSI-RS资源组或多个CSI-RS资源集合。通过上述上报方法,可以有效的避免单个CSI上报的开销较大,避免冲突发生的概率,降低终端在一段时间内的计算的复杂度。In some embodiments, the CSI is reported semi-continuously or aperiodically, and the CSI is carried in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). The method further includes simultaneously activating multiple CSI-RS resource groups or multiple CSI-RS resource sets via downlink control information (DCI). This reporting method effectively avoids the high overhead of a single CSI report, reduces the probability of conflicts, and reduces the computational complexity of the terminal over a period of time.
具体地,针对CSI的上报,通过一个CSI上报触发信息进行触发上报,对于该上报方式分以下几种场景:Specifically, the CSI reporting is triggered by a CSI reporting trigger message. The reporting method is divided into the following scenarios:
场景一:半持续CSI上报,CSI上报在PUCCH上承载Scenario 1: Semi-persistent CSI reporting, CSI reporting is carried on PUCCH
对于半持续CSI上报,CSI上报在PUCCH上承载的上报方式,所述CSI的上报是通过MAC CE进行触发的,对于上述CSI-RS资源集合配置,如果CSI-RS资源集合的配置为方式一,则需要MACCE同时激活多个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI的上报,例如,现有的MAC CE激活CSI在PUCCH上上报时,是通过Si字段来指示的,其中,S0表示csi-ReportConfigToAddModList中CSI-ReportConfigId最小的基于PUCCH的半持续CSI报告配置。而对于该实施例中的CSI-RS资源组,则同样可以通过Si来表示,例如,S0表示csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList中CSI-ReportConfigId最小的基于PUCCH的半持续CSI报告配置,S0=0表示去激活CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报,S0=1表示激活CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报,其中csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList用于表示CSI-RS资源组是否加入到激活列表中。而对于上述方式二,方式三,方式四的CSI-RS资源的配置,同样可以通过MACCE进行激活。For semi-persistent CSI reporting, the CSI reporting is carried on the PUCCH reporting method, and the CSI reporting is triggered by MAC CE. For the above-mentioned CSI-RS resource set configuration, if the CSI-RS resource set is configured as method 1, MACCE is required to simultaneously activate the CSI reporting corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource groups. For example, when the existing MAC CE activates CSI reporting on PUCCH, it is indicated by the S i field, where S 0 represents the PUCCH-based semi-persistent CSI reporting configuration with the smallest CSI-ReportConfigId in csi-ReportConfigToAddModList. For the CSI-RS resource group in this embodiment, it can also be represented by S i . For example, S 0 represents the PUCCH-based semi-persistent CSI reporting configuration with the smallest CSI-ReportConfigId in csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList. S 0 = 0 indicates deactivation of the CSI reporting corresponding to the CSI-RS resource group, and S 0 = 1 indicates activation of the CSI reporting corresponding to the CSI-RS resource group. csi-ReportConfigGroupToAddModList is used to indicate whether the CSI-RS resource group is added to the activation list. The configuration of the CSI-RS resources in the above-mentioned methods 2, 3, and 4 can also be activated through MACCE.
场景二:半持续CSI上报,CSI上报在PUSCH上承载Scenario 2: Semi-persistent CSI reporting, CSI reporting carried on PUSCH
对于半持续CSI上报,所述CSI在PUSCH上承载的上报方式,所述CSI的上报是通过DCI进行触发的,通过DCI中的CSIrequest字段关联到对应的CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState,而每个TriggerState对应着一个CSI-ReportConfig。在该实施例中,需要DCI同时激活多个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI的上报,因此这里可以在DCI中新增一个CSIrequest字段,例如CSIrequest1,分别通过CSIrequest和CSIrequest1关联到相同或不同的triggerstate,进而关联到不同的CSI-ReportGroupConfig,其中CSI-ReportGroupConfig可以配置CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报配置。同时DCI信息中还可能支持一个或多个‘Timedomainresourceassignment’配置,当DCI中包含一个‘Timedomainresourceassignment’则这两个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报在同一个时隙,而如果DCI中包含多个‘Timedomainresourceassignment’,例如‘Timedomainresourceassignment’用于指示第一个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,而‘Timedomainresourceassignment1’用于指示第二个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,两者可能相同,也可能不同;再者,不同CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI的上报可以配置相同的/不同的上报周期;再者,对于上述方式二、方式三、方式四的CSI-RS资源的配置方式,同样可以使用该方法来触发多个CSI-RS资源集合对应的CSI的上报,只是CSI-ReportConfig中配置的是一个CSI-RS资源集合对应的CSI的上报配置信息。For semi-persistent CSI reporting, the reporting method of the CSI carried on PUSCH, the CSI reporting is triggered by DCI, and is associated with the corresponding CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState through the CSIrequest field in the DCI, and each TriggerState corresponds to a CSI-ReportConfig. In this embodiment, DCI is required to simultaneously activate the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource groups. Therefore, a new CSIrequest field can be added to the DCI, such as CSIrequest1, which is associated with the same or different triggerstates through CSIrequest and CSIrequest1, and then associated with different CSI-ReportGroupConfigs, where CSI-ReportGroupConfig can configure the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI-RS resource group. At the same time, the DCI information may also support one or more ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’ configurations. When the DCI contains one ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’, the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot. If the DCI contains multiple ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’s, for example, ‘Timedomainresourceassignment’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and ‘Timedomainresourceassignment1’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group, the two may be the same or different; furthermore, the CSI reporting corresponding to different CSI-RS resource groups can be configured with the same/different reporting periods; furthermore, for the above-mentioned CSI-RS resource configuration methods of method 2, method 3, and method 4, this method can also be used to trigger the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource sets, except that the CSI reporting configuration information corresponding to one CSI-RS resource set is configured in CSI-ReportConfig.
场景三:非周期CSI上报,CSI上报在PUSCH上承载Scenario 3: Aperiodic CSI reporting, CSI reporting carried on PUSCH
对于非周期CSI上报,CSI上报在PUSCH上承载的上报方式,所述CSI的上报是通过DCI进行触发的,通过DCI中的CSIrequest字段关联到对应的CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState,而每个触发状态(TriggerState)对应着一个CSI-ReportConfig以及与其对应的resource集合;而在该实施例中,需要DCI同时激活多个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI的上报,因此这里可以在DCI中新增一个CSIrequest字段,例如CSIrequest1,分别通过CSIrequest和CSIrequest1关联到相同或不同的triggerstate,进而关联到不同的CSI-ReportGroupConfig,以及与CSI-ReportGroupConfig对应的CSI-RS资源组,其中CSI-ReportGroupConfig可以配置CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报配置;进而通过CSI-RS资源组信息以及CSI-ReportGroupConfig中对应的 CSI-ResourcetGroupConfigId确定nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceGroupList中的资源组的信息;同时DCI信息中还可能支持一个或多个‘Time domain resource assignment’配置,当DCI中包含一个‘Time domain resource assignment’则这两个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报在同一个时隙,而如果DCI中包含多个‘Time domain resource assignment’,例如‘Time domain resource assignment’用于指示第一个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,而‘Time domain resource assignment1’用于指示第二个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,两者可能相同也可能不同。For non-periodic CSI reporting, the reporting method of CSI reporting carried on PUSCH, the CSI reporting is triggered by DCI, and is associated with the corresponding CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState through the CSIrequest field in the DCI, and each trigger state (TriggerState) corresponds to a CSI-ReportConfig and its corresponding resource set; in this embodiment, DCI is required to simultaneously activate the CSI reporting corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource groups, so here a new CSIrequest field can be added to the DCI, such as CSIrequest1, which is associated with the same or different triggerstate through CSIrequest and CSIrequest1, and then associated with different CSI-ReportGroupConfig, and the CSI-RS resource group corresponding to the CSI-ReportGroupConfig, where the CSI-ReportGroupConfig can configure the CSI reporting configuration corresponding to the CSI-RS resource group; and then through the CSI-RS resource group information and the corresponding CSI-ResourcetGroupConfigId determines the information of the resource group in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceGroupList; at the same time, the DCI information may also support one or more 'Time domain resource assignment' configurations. When the DCI contains one 'Time domain resource assignment', the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot. If the DCI contains multiple 'Time domain resource assignments', for example, 'Time domain resource assignment' is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and 'Time domain resource assignment1' is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group. The two may be the same or different.
此外,对于上述方式二、方式三、方式四的CSI-RS资源的配置方式,同样可以使用该方法来触发多个CSI-RS资源集合对应的CSI的上报,基站110通过DCI使用两个CSI request字段,分别关联到不同的trigger state,每个trigger state下配置一个resource集合与其对应的CSI-ReportSetConfigId,从而根据CSI-ReportSetConfigId信息关联到对应的CSI-ReportSetConfig,进而根据resource集合以及CSI-ReportSetConfig配置确定nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList中的资源集合信息。同时DCI信息中还可能支持一个或多个‘Time domain resource assignment’配置,当DCI中包含一个‘Time domain resource assignment’则这两个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报在同一个时隙,而如果DCI中包含多个‘Time domain resource assignment’,例如‘Time domain resource assignment’用于指示第一个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,而‘Time domain resource assignment1’用于指示第二个CSI-RS资源组对应的CSI上报时刻信息,两者可能相同也可能不同。In addition, for the configuration methods of CSI-RS resources in the above-mentioned methods 2, 3, and 4, this method can also be used to trigger the reporting of CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resource sets. The base station 110 uses two CSI request fields through DCI, which are respectively associated with different trigger states. A resource set and its corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfigId are configured under each trigger state, so as to associate with the corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfig according to the CSI-ReportSetConfigId information, and then determine the resource set information in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList according to the resource set and CSI-ReportSetConfig configuration. At the same time, the DCI information may also support one or more ‘Time domain resource assignment’ configurations. When the DCI contains one ‘Time domain resource assignment’, the CSI corresponding to the two CSI-RS resource groups are reported in the same time slot. If the DCI contains multiple ‘Time domain resource assignments’, for example, ‘Time domain resource assignment’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the first CSI-RS resource group, and ‘Time domain resource assignment1’ is used to indicate the CSI reporting time information corresponding to the second CSI-RS resource group, the two may be the same or different.
另外,针对场景二和场景三,基站110可以通过DCI使用一个CSI request字段同时关联到不同的trigger state,例如关联到两个连续的trigger state,或者基于标准预定义的方式关联到不同的trigger state,例如是CSI request加上一个offset的方式;其次每个trigger state下配置一个resource集合与其对应的CSI-ReportSetConfigId,从而根据CSI-ReportSetConfigId信息关联到对应的CSI-ReportSetConfig,进而根据resource集合以及CSI-ReportSetConfig配置确定nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList中的资源集合信息,余下步骤则复用上述处理方式;再者,对于场景二和场景三中的Time domain resource assignment的配置,同样可以通过一个Time domain resource assignment加上一个offset的方式支持两个CSI-RS资源组或资源集合对应的CSI上报在不同时隙。In addition, for scenarios 2 and 3, the base station 110 can use a CSI request field through DCI to simultaneously associate with different trigger states, for example, to two consecutive trigger states, or to different trigger states based on a standard predefined method, such as a CSI request plus an offset method; secondly, a resource set and its corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfigId are configured under each trigger state, so as to associate with the corresponding CSI-ReportSetConfig according to the CSI-ReportSetConfigId information, and then determine the resource set information in the nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList according to the resource set and the CSI-ReportSetConfig configuration, and the remaining steps reuse the above processing method; furthermore, for the configuration of the Time domain resource assignment in scenarios 2 and 3, it is also possible to support the CSI reporting corresponding to two CSI-RS resource groups or resource sets in different time slots by using a Time domain resource assignment plus an offset method.
需要注意的是针对CRI扩展的CSI上报增强,基于上述方式一至方式四配置的CSI-RS资源,在上报CRI时,具体上报哪些CRI可能是由基站110确定,也可能由用户设备120确定,也可能由基站110和用户设备120共同确定,例如基站110指示用户设备120上报的CRI的个数,而用户设备120决定具体上报哪些CRI及其对应的所述CSI。因此针对上述不同的CSI-RS资源配置,用户设备120最终上报的CRI的信息的方式也会有所差异,对此,针对上述不同CSI-RS资源配置的方式,该实施例给出可能的CRI上报方式:It should be noted that for the CSI reporting enhancement with CRI extension, based on the CSI-RS resources configured in the above-mentioned methods 1 to 4, when reporting CRI, the specific CRIs to be reported may be determined by the base station 110, or by the user equipment 120, or jointly determined by the base station 110 and the user equipment 120. For example, the base station 110 instructs the user equipment 120 on the number of CRIs reported, and the user equipment 120 decides which CRIs to report and their corresponding CSIs. Therefore, for the different CSI-RS resource configurations mentioned above, the method of ultimately reporting the CRI information by the user equipment 120 will also vary. To this end, for the different CSI-RS resource configurations mentioned above, this embodiment provides possible CRI reporting methods:
对于方式一中所有的CSI-RS资源在一个CSI-RS资源集合中的情况,且在这个资源集合中,CSI-RS资源可以分为多组,首先如果所有的CSI-RS资源测量得到的所述CSI都需要上报,则用户设备120不需要上报CRI信息,其次,如果某个CSI-RS资源组中的所有CSI-RS资源测量得到的所述CSI都需要上报,则针对该CSI-RS资源组,不需要上报对应的CRI信息;同理,对于方式二至方式四,如果某个CSI-RS资源集合中所有的CSI-RS资源测量得到的CSI都需要上报,则该CSI-RS资源集合不需要上报CRI信息;另外,上述CRI信息的指示,如果上报的CSI区分part1和part2,则CRI信息承载在part1中。For the case in method 1 where all CSI-RS resources are in one CSI-RS resource set, and in this resource set, the CSI-RS resources can be divided into multiple groups, first, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources needs to be reported, the user equipment 120 does not need to report the CRI information; second, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources in a certain CSI-RS resource group needs to be reported, then for the CSI-RS resource group, there is no need to report the corresponding CRI information; similarly, for methods 2 to 4, if the CSI measured by all CSI-RS resources in a certain CSI-RS resource set needs to be reported, then the CRI information does not need to be reported for the CSI-RS resource set; in addition, the indication of the above-mentioned CRI information, if the reported CSI is distinguished between part 1 and part 2, the CRI information is carried in part 1.
实施例七Example 7
在一些实施例中,各个CSI基于不同的码本参数或码本参数组合确定。在一些实施例中,各个CSI基于不同的码本参数或码本参数组合,其中,所述码本参数组合包括:空域基底、 频域基底和非零系数,所述CSI基于不同的空域基底个数、相同的频域基底个数和相同的非零系数的选择因子确定。通过上述方法,可以提高CSI的上报精准度。In some embodiments, each CSI is determined based on different codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations. In some embodiments, each CSI is determined based on different codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations, wherein the codebook parameter combinations include: spatial basis, Frequency domain basis and non-zero coefficients, the CSI is determined based on different numbers of spatial basis, the same number of frequency domain basis and the same selection factor of non-zero coefficients. Through the above method, the reporting accuracy of CSI can be improved.
具体地,针对上述CSI的上报,不论是针对CSI-RS资源组的,还是针对CSI-RS资源集合的,上述CRI对应的所述CSI的获取可以是基于Rel-15 TypeI single panel码本的,也可以是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本的。考虑到不同的波束可能经历的信道差异较大,为了保证用户设备120上报的所述CSI的准确性,为不同的CRI对应的所述CSI的获取配置不同的码本参数组合/码本参数具有一定的合理性,基站110在为用户设备120配置码本参数组合/码本参数时可能存在多种配置方式,具体可能包括如下至少一种方式:Specifically, for the reporting of the above-mentioned CSI, whether for a CSI-RS resource group or for a CSI-RS resource set, the acquisition of the CSI corresponding to the above-mentioned CRI can be based on the Rel-15 Type I single panel codebook or the Rel-16 eType II codebook. Considering that different beams may experience large differences in channels, in order to ensure the accuracy of the CSI reported by the user equipment 120, it is reasonable to configure different codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters for the acquisition of the CSI corresponding to different CRIs. When the base station 110 configures the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameters for the user equipment 120, there may be multiple configuration methods, which may specifically include at least one of the following methods:
方式一:所有的用于基于CRI上报增强的CSI-RS资源,不论是否是位于同一个测量资源集合,所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取基于同一套码本参数组合或码本参数,例如,对于CSI获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本的,则所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取是基于相同的码本参数组合,即基站110只需要给用户设备120配置一套码本参数组合即可,为进一步说明,这里可以假定基站110指示的码本参数组合为3GPP 38.214 Table 5.2.2.2.5-1中的任意一行码本参数组合,或其它的码本参数组合。而对于CSI获取是基于Rel-15 TypeI单面板码本的,则所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取是基于相同的码本参数配置,例如都是基于mode1/mode2的,且空域基底的个数L的取值相同。Method 1: For all CSI-RS resources used for CRI reporting enhancement, regardless of whether they are located in the same measurement resource set, the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is acquired based on the same set of codebook parameter combinations or codebook parameters. For example, if CSI acquisition is based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, then the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is acquired based on the same codebook parameter combination. That is, the base station 110 only needs to configure one set of codebook parameter combinations for the user equipment 120. For further explanation, it can be assumed here that the codebook parameter combination indicated by the base station 110 is any row of codebook parameter combinations in 3GPP 38.214 Table 5.2.2.2.5-1, or other codebook parameter combinations. If CSI acquisition is based on the Rel-15 Type I single-panel codebook, then the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is acquired based on the same codebook parameter configuration, for example, all are based on mode 1/mode 2, and the value of the number L of spatial bases is the same.
方式二:所有的用于基于CRI上报增强的CSI-RS资源,不论是否是位于同一个测量资源集合,所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取基于相同/不相同的码本参数组合或码本参数,或者部分CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取是基于相同的码本参数组合或码本参数,例如,对于CSI获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本的,基站110在指示用户设备120计算CSI时使用的码本参数组合/码本参数时,基站110可能指示多套码本参数组合/码本参数,每个CRI对应的CSI的计算具体使用哪套参数是由用户设备120确定,并且用户设备120需要在CSI上报时把选择的码本参数组合/码本参数信息反馈给基站110,或者通过上报CRI的顺序来区分其计算CSI使用的时哪套码本参数组合/码本参数,这里可以假定基站110指示的码本参数组合/码本参数的个数等于上报的CRI和对应CSI的个数,且需要注意的是基站110指示的多套码本参数组合/码本参数可能存在部分相同的情况,具体如下:基站110配置的码本参数的索引为{2,3,2,4}其中第一和第三个码本参数组合/码本参数索引相同,而用户设备120上报的第一个CRI其对应的码本参数组合为2,用户设备120上报的第二个CRI对应的码本参数组合为3,依此类推。而对于CSI获取是基于Rel-15 TypeI单面板码本的,基站110可能给用户设备120配置不同的码本参数,这里假定基站110给用户设备120配置了多个候选的空域基底L的取值,L∈{1,4,6,8,10},用户设备120在计算不同CRI对应的CSI时选择合适的码本参数L,并在CSI上报时把选择的码本参数组合/码本参数信息反馈给基站110,与CSI获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本类似,基站110指示的多套码本参数中可能存在部分相同的情况,例如基站110指示的多个L的取值为{1,4,4,6},其中第二和第三个L的取值4是相同的。注意上述给出的码本参数组合或空域基底L的个数与基站110指示用户设备120需要上报的CRI的个数相同。Method 2: For all CSI-RS resources used for CRI reporting enhancement, regardless of whether they are located in the same measurement resource set, the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources is obtained based on the same/different codebook parameter combinations or codebook parameters, or the CSI corresponding to some CSI-RS resources is obtained based on the same codebook parameter combination or codebook parameters. For example, when the CSI acquisition is based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the base station 110 may indicate multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters when instructing the user equipment 120 to calculate the CSI. The specific set of parameters used for the calculation of the CSI corresponding to each CRI is determined by the user equipment 120, and the user equipment 120 needs to report the CSI when reporting the CSI. The selected codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter information is fed back to the base station 110, or the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter used to calculate the CSI is distinguished by the order of reporting the CRI. It can be assumed here that the number of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 is equal to the number of reported CRIs and corresponding CSIs. It should be noted that the multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 may have some of the same conditions, as follows: the indexes of the codebook parameters configured by the base station 110 are {2, 3, 2, 4}, where the first and third codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameter indexes are the same, and the first CRI reported by the user equipment 120 corresponds to a codebook parameter combination 2, the second CRI reported by the user equipment 120 corresponds to a codebook parameter combination 3, and so on. For CSI acquisition based on the Rel-15 Type I single-panel codebook, base station 110 may configure different codebook parameters for user equipment 120. It is assumed here that base station 110 configures multiple candidate spatial basis L values for user equipment 120, where L∈{1,4,6,8,10}. User equipment 120 selects the appropriate codebook parameter L when calculating the CSI corresponding to different CRIs and feeds back the selected codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter information to base station 110 when reporting CSI. Similar to CSI acquisition based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the multiple sets of codebook parameters indicated by base station 110 may have some overlap. For example, the multiple L values indicated by base station 110 may be {1, 4, 4, 6}, where the second and third L values are the same, 4. Note that the number of codebook parameter combinations or spatial basis L given above is the same as the number of CRIs that base station 110 indicates user equipment 120 needs to report.
另外,如果用户设备120上报的CRI和对应CSI的个数是由用户设备120决定的,则基站110在指示用户设备120计算CSI的码本参数组合/码本参数时,配置的码本参数组合/码本参数的个数和用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源的个数相同,例如,基站110给用户设备120配置了Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,则基站110指示给用户设备120的码本参数组合/码本参数个数也为Ks个,但这Ks个码本参数组合中可能存在多个相同的码本参数组合/码本参数。再者,用户设备120还可能指示N套包含Ks个码本参数组合/码本参数的配置信息,用户设备120在这N套中选择其中一套用于计算CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI。例如, Ks=4时,基站110指示的N=2套包含Ks=4个码本参数组合为{1,2,2,1}和{2,1,1,2},则基站110在上述两套码本参数组合中选择其中一套用于计算所述CSI,并上报。In addition, if the CRI reported by the user equipment 120 and the number of corresponding CSIs are determined by the user equipment 120, then when the base station 110 instructs the user equipment 120 to calculate the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter, the number of configured codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters is the same as the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the user equipment 120. For example, if the base station 110 configures Ks CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, the number of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 to the user equipment 120 is also Ks , but there may be multiple identical codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters in these Ks codebook parameter combinations. Furthermore, the user equipment 120 may also indicate N sets of configuration information including Ks codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters, and the user equipment 120 selects one of these N sets to calculate the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource. For example, When Ks =4, the N=2 codebook parameter combinations containing Ks =4 indicated by the base station 110 are {1,2,2,1} and {2,1,1,2}. The base station 110 selects one of the two codebook parameter combinations to calculate the CSI and reports it.
方式三:与方式二的方法类似,所有的用于基于CRI上报增强的CSI-RS资源,不论是否是位于同一个测量资源集合,所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取基于相同/不相同的空域基底个数,或者部分CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的获取是基于相同的空域基底个数,而频域基底个数是相同的,且非零系数的选择因子也可以是相同或不相同的。例如,对于CSI获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本的,基站110在指示用户设备120计算CSI时使用的码本参数组合/码本参数时,基站110可能指示多套码本参数组合/码本参数,且多套码本参数组合/码本参数中不同的码本参数组合对应的频域基底个数和非零系数的选择因子相同,每个CRI对应的CSI的计算具体使用哪套参数是由用户设备120确定,并且用户设备120需要在CSI上报时把选择的码本参数组合/码本参数信息反馈给基站110,或者通过上报CRI的顺序来区分其计算CSI使用的是哪套码本参数组合/码本参数,或者用户设备120反馈选择的空域基底个数给基站110,这里可以假定基站110指示的码本参数组合/码本参数的个数等于上报的CRI和对应CSI的个数,且需要注意的是,基站110指示的多套码本参数组合/码本参数可能存在部分相同的情况,具体如下:基站110配置的空域基底个数为{2,4,2,6}其中第一和第三个空域基底相同,而用户设备120上报的第一个CRI对应的空域基底个数为2,用户设备120上报的第二个CRI对应的空域基底个数4,依此类推。而对于CSI获取是基于Rel-15 TypeI单面板码本的,基站110可能给用户设备120配置不同的空域基底个数,这里假定基站110给用户设备120配置了多个候选的空域基底L的取值L∈{1,4,6,8,10},用户设备120在计算不同CRI对应的CSI时选择合适的空域基底L,并在CSI上报时把选择的空域基底信息反馈给基站110,与CSI获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本类似,基站110指示的多套码本参数中可能存在部分相同的情况,例如基站110指示的多个L的取值为{1,4,4,6},其中第二和第三个L的取值4是相同的。需要注意的是,上述给出的码本参数组合或空域基底L的个数与基站110指示用户设备120需要上报的CRI的个数相同。Method 3: Similar to the method in Method 2, all CSI-RS resources used for CRI reporting enhancement, regardless of whether they are located in the same measurement resource set, are obtained based on the same/different number of spatial basis bases for all CSI-RS resources, or the CSI corresponding to some CSI-RS resources is obtained based on the same number of spatial basis bases, while the number of frequency domain basis bases is the same, and the selection factors of the non-zero coefficients can also be the same or different. For example, when CSI acquisition is based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the base station 110 may indicate multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters when instructing the user equipment 120 to calculate the CSI. The number of frequency domain basis and the selection factor of non-zero coefficients corresponding to different codebook parameter combinations in the multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters are the same. The specific set of parameters used for calculating the CSI corresponding to each CRI is determined by the user equipment 120, and the user equipment 120 needs to feedback the selected codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter information to the base station 110 when reporting the CSI, or distinguish its calculation of CSI by the order of reporting CRI. Which set of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters is used, or the user equipment 120 feeds back the selected number of spatial basis to the base station 110. It can be assumed here that the number of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 is equal to the number of reported CRIs and corresponding CSIs. It should be noted that the multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 may have some of the same situations, as follows: the number of spatial basis configured by the base station 110 is {2, 4, 2, 6}, where the first and third spatial basis are the same, and the number of spatial basis corresponding to the first CRI reported by the user equipment 120 is 2, the number of spatial basis corresponding to the second CRI reported by the user equipment 120 is 4, and so on. For CSI acquisition based on the Rel-15 Type I single-panel codebook, base station 110 may configure different numbers of spatial bases for user equipment 120. Here, it is assumed that base station 110 configures multiple candidate spatial bases L for user equipment 120, with values L∈{1, 4, 6, 8, 10}. User equipment 120 selects an appropriate spatial base L when calculating the CSI corresponding to different CRIs and feeds back the selected spatial base information to base station 110 when reporting CSI. Similar to CSI acquisition based on the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the multiple sets of codebook parameters indicated by base station 110 may have some of the same parameters. For example, the multiple L values indicated by base station 110 are {1, 4, 4, 6}, where the second and third L values are the same, 4. It should be noted that the codebook parameter combinations or the number of spatial bases L given above are the same as the number of CRIs that base station 110 indicates that user equipment 120 needs to report.
另外,如果用户设备120上报的CRI和对应CSI的个数是由用户设备120决定的,则基站110在指示用户设备120计算CSI的码本参数组合/码本参数时,配置的码本参数组合/码本参数的个数和用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源的个数相同,例如,基站110给用户设备120配置了Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,则基站110指示给用户设备120的码本参数组合/码本参数个数也为Ks个,但这Ks个码本参数组合中可能存在多个相同的空域基底个数。再者,用户设备120还可能指示N套包含Ks个码本参数组合/码本参数的配置信息,用户设备120在这N套中选择其中一套用于计算CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI。例如,Ks=4时,基站110指示的N=2套包含Ks=4个码本参数,其中,码本参数对应的空域基底个数为{2,2,4,4}和{2,4,4,2},则基站110在上述两套码本参数组合中选择其中一套用于计算所述CSI,并上报。注意上述配置的多套码本参数组合还可能对应的频域基底相同,但空域基底和非零系数选择因子不同或部分相同。In addition, if the CRI reported by the user equipment 120 and the number of corresponding CSIs are determined by the user equipment 120, then when the base station 110 instructs the user equipment 120 to calculate the codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters, the number of configured codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters is the same as the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the user equipment 120. For example, if the base station 110 configures Ks CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, the number of codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters indicated by the base station 110 to the user equipment 120 is also Ks , but there may be multiple identical spatial basis numbers in these Ks codebook parameter combinations. Furthermore, the user equipment 120 may also indicate N sets of configuration information including Ks codebook parameter combinations/codebook parameters, and the user equipment 120 selects one of these N sets to calculate the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource. For example, when K s = 4, the N = 2 sets indicated by base station 110 include K s = 4 codebook parameters, where the number of spatial bases corresponding to the codebook parameters is {2, 2, 4, 4} and {2, 4, 4, 2}. Then, base station 110 selects one of the two codebook parameter combinations for calculating the CSI and reports it. Note that the multiple codebook parameter combinations configured above may also correspond to the same frequency domain base, but have different or partially identical spatial bases and non-zero coefficient selection factors.
方式四:基于实施例六,多个CRI和其对应的所述CSI的上报可能通过多个CSI上报实例来实现,因此,这里考虑针对不同CSI上报实例下的码本参数配置,该实施例认为上述方式一,方式二,方式三的码本参数组合/码本参数的配置方式同样适用于基于实施例六中提到的基于多个CSI-RS资源组或基于多个CSI-RS资源集合的CSI-RS资源配置方式。例如,这里可以把一个CSI-RS资源组或一个CSI-RS资源集合看作是一个整体,而具体的配置方式则可以采用方式一,方式二,方式三所述的方式,这里不再赘述。Method 4: Based on the sixth embodiment, the reporting of multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI may be implemented through multiple CSI reporting instances. Therefore, the codebook parameter configuration for different CSI reporting instances is considered here. This embodiment considers that the codebook parameter combination/codebook parameter configuration method of the above-mentioned methods 1, 2, and 3 are also applicable to the CSI-RS resource configuration method based on multiple CSI-RS resource groups or multiple CSI-RS resource sets mentioned in the sixth embodiment. For example, a CSI-RS resource group or a CSI-RS resource set can be regarded as a whole, and the specific configuration method can adopt the methods described in methods 1, 2, and 3, which will not be repeated here.
实施例八Example 8
本实施例主要解决基于CRI的CSI增强支持最大128天线端口,如果与CRI对应的CSI的获取是基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本,且基于不同的CSI-RS资源个数的配置下,Rel-16 eTypeII 码本可能支持的天线端口数也不相同,因此,对用户设备120处理的复杂度的要求也会有所差异,该实施例主要解决基于CRI的CSI增强,当不同资源配置以及码本参数组合配置情况下的CPU占用问题。This embodiment mainly solves the problem of CSI enhancement based on CRI to support a maximum of 128 antenna ports. If the acquisition of CSI corresponding to CRI is based on the Rel-16 eTypeII codebook and based on the configuration of different CSI-RS resource numbers, Rel-16 eTypeII The number of antenna ports that may be supported by the codebook may also vary. Therefore, the processing complexity requirements for the user equipment 120 may also vary. This embodiment mainly solves the CPU usage problem of CSI enhancement based on CRI when different resource configurations and codebook parameter combinations are configured.
在一些实施例中,针对每个CSI上报实例,每个CSI上报实例的计算过程占用的CSI处理单元CPU的个数,各个CSI上报实例的计算过程占用的CPU的个数不叠加。这样,用户设备120就能得到各个CSI上报实例的计算过程占用的CPU的个数,避免在同一个时间段用户设备120消耗更多个CPU,从而降低用户设备120在某个时间段的资源占用情况。In some embodiments, for each CSI reporting instance, the number of CPUs occupied by the CSI processing unit during the calculation process of each CSI reporting instance is not cumulative. This allows the user equipment 120 to obtain the number of CPUs occupied by the calculation process of each CSI reporting instance, preventing the user equipment 120 from consuming more CPUs in the same time period, thereby reducing the resource usage of the user equipment 120 in that time period.
具体地,参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,根据实施例七中提到的CSI-RS资源配置方式,以及实施例六中所述的不同的CSI-RS资源组或CSI-RS资源集合基于不同的CSI上报实例进行上报;如果不同的CSI上报时域不重叠,则需要针对不同的CSI上报实例来计算用户设备120占用的CPU的数量,每个CSI上报实例对应的CPU的个数的计算方式同方法一到方法五,但是需要考虑每个CSI-RS资源组或CSI-RS资源集合中配置的CSI-RS资源的数目,这里假定CSI-RS资源集合/组一和CSI-RS资源集合/组二对应的CSI-RS资源的个数分别为Ks1和Ks2,则在计算CSI上报实例一和CSI上报实例二占用的CPU个数时,只需要把方法一到方法五中的CSI-RS资源数Ks替换为Ks1和Ks2。为了更好的控制用户设备120占用CPU的数目,用户设备120期望两个CSI上报实例的CSI处理在时域上不重叠。Specifically, referring to the CPU calculation rule of the Rel-16 eTypeII codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For enhancement based on the Rel-16 eTypeII codebook, the base station 110 configures K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and reports based on different CSI reporting instances according to the CSI-RS resource configuration method mentioned in Example 7 and the different CSI-RS resource groups or CSI-RS resource sets described in Example 6; if different CSI reporting time domains do not overlap, it is necessary to calculate the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 for different CSI reporting instances. The calculation method for the number of CPUs corresponding to each CSI reporting instance is the same as method one to method five, but it is necessary to consider the number of CSI-RS resources configured in each CSI-RS resource group or CSI-RS resource set. It is assumed here that the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource set/group one and the CSI-RS resource set/group two are K respectively. s1 and Ks2 , then when calculating the number of CPUs occupied by CSI reporting instance 1 and CSI reporting instance 2, it is only necessary to replace the number of CSI-RS resources Ks in methods 1 to 5 with Ks1 and Ks2 . To better control the number of CPUs occupied by user equipment 120, user equipment 120 expects that the CSI processing of the two CSI reporting instances does not overlap in the time domain.
在一些实施例中,针对只有一个CSI上报实例的情况(对应CSI-RS资源数为Ks)以及多个上报实例中每个CSI上报实例(对应CSI-RS资源数为Ks1或Ks2),上报多个所述CRI对应的多个所述CSI的CPU的占用个数基于如下至少一种方式确定:所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括Ks(也可以是Ks1或Ks2)个用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源,所述CPU的占用个数基于Ks(也可以是Ks1或Ks2)确定;至少一个CSI上报实例包括N个CRI;N的个数为基站110指示或者用户设备120确定;所述CPU的占用个数基于N确定;所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括Ks个用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源,当所述Ks小于或等于预定义的阈值时,所述CPU的占用个数基于Ks确定;当所述Ks大于预定义的阈值时,所述CPU的占用个数基于所述X1和所述Ks确定,其中,所述X1取自第一集合,第一集合可以为{0.25,0.375,0.5};所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括Ks个用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源,至少一个CSI上报实例包括N个CRI,当所述Ks小于或等于预定义的阈值时,所述CPU的占用个数基于N确定;当所述Ks大于预定义的阈值时,所述CPU的占用个数基于所述X1和所述N确定,其中,所述X1取自第一集合。通过上述方法,用户设备120就可以确定占用的CPU的个数。In some embodiments, for a case where there is only one CSI reporting instance (the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks ) and for each CSI reporting instance in multiple reporting instances (the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks1 or Ks2 ), the number of CPUs occupied for reporting the multiple CSIs corresponding to the multiple CRIs is determined based on at least one of the following methods: the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes Ks (or Ks1 or Ks2 ) CSI-RS resources for channel measurement, and the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on Ks (or Ks1 or Ks2 ); at least one CSI reporting instance includes N CRIs; the number N is indicated by the base station 110 or determined by the user equipment 120; the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on N; the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes Ks CSI-RS resources for channel measurement, when the Ks is less than or equal to a predefined threshold, the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on Ks; when the Ks is less than or equal to a predefined threshold, the number of CPUs occupied is determined based on Ks ; When s is greater than a predefined threshold, the number of occupied CPUs is determined based on X1 and Ks , where X1 is taken from a first set, which can be {0.25, 0.375, 0.5}; the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes Ks CSI-RS resources for channel measurement, and at least one CSI reporting instance includes N CRIs. When Ks is less than or equal to a predefined threshold, the number of occupied CPUs is determined based on N; when Ks is greater than a predefined threshold, the number of occupied CPUs is determined based on X1 and N, where X1 is taken from the first set. Through the above method, user equipment 120 can determine the number of occupied CPUs.
具体地,确定用户设备120占用CPU的个数的方法包括如下至少一种:Specifically, the method for determining the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 includes at least one of the following:
方法一:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,而用户设备120可能需要针对每个CSI-RS资源计算其对应的所述CSI,因此,用户设备120可能需要的CPU的数目与CSI-RS资源的个数有关,具体用户设备120占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=Ks。Method 1: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For Rel-16 eType II codebook enhancement, the base station 110 configures Ks CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement. The user equipment 120 may need to calculate the corresponding CSI for each CSI-RS resource. Therefore, the number of CPUs that the user equipment 120 may require is related to the number of CSI-RS resources. The specific number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 can be expressed as O cpu = Ks .
方法二:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,对单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时,其对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,而用户设备120上报的CSI的个数可以由基站110指示,也可以由用户设备120自己决定,而用户设备120在确定上报多少个CRI和其对应的CSI时,可能不需要计算具体的所述CSI,因此,这里认为用户设备120需要的CPU的个数和用户设备120上报的CSI-RS测量资源对应的CSI的个 数有关,具体用户设备120占用的CPU个数可以表示为Ocpu=N,其中N为用户设备120上报的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的个数。Method 2: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eTypeII codebook, when performing codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports, the corresponding number of CPUs is 1. For Rel-16 eTypeII codebook enhancement, the base station 110 configures K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and the number of CSI reported by the user equipment 120 can be indicated by the base station 110 or determined by the user equipment 120 itself. When determining how many CRIs to report and their corresponding CSIs, the user equipment 120 may not need to calculate the specific CSI. Therefore, it is considered here that the number of CPUs required by the user equipment 120 and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS measurement resources reported by the user equipment 120 are equal. The number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 can be expressed as O cpu =N, where N is the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120.
方法三:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120会配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,而基站110可能会约束CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,例如,当Ks≤4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为32,而当Ks>4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为16,因此,这里考虑当Ks≤4时,用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为Ocpu=Ks;而当基站110为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks>4时,用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为Ocpu=X1Ks,其中X1的取值可以是{0.25,0.375,0.5},其中X1∈{0.25,0.375,0.5}通过用户设备120能力进行上报。Method 3: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For Rel-16 eType II codebook enhancement, the base station 110 configures K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement. The base station 110 may restrict the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources. For example, when K s ≤ 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 32. When K s > 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 16. Therefore, here, when K s ≤ 4, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 is O cpu = K s ; and when the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the base station 110 for the user equipment 120 is K s >4, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 is O cpu =X 1 K s , where the value of X 1 can be {0.25, 0.375, 0.5}, where X 1 ∈ {0.25, 0.375, 0.5} is reported through the capabilities of the user equipment 120 .
方法四:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120会配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,而基站110可能会约束CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,例如当Ks≤4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为32,而当Ks>4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为16,因此这里考虑当Ks≤4时,如果用户设备120上报的CRI以及与其对应的CSI个数为N个,则用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为Ocpu=N;而当基站110为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源的个数Ks>4时,如果用户设备120上报的CRI以及与其对应的CSI个数为N个,则用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为Ocpu=X1N,其中X1的取值可以是{0.25,0.375,0.5},其中X1∈{0.25,0.375,0.5}通过用户设备120能力进行上报。Method 4: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For Rel-16 eType II codebook enhancement, the base station 110 will configure K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and the base station 110 may restrict the number of antenna ports corresponding to the CSI-RS resources. For example, when K s ≤ 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 32, and when K s > 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 16. Therefore, here, when K s ≤ 4, if the number of CRIs and corresponding CSIs reported by the user equipment 120 is N, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 is O cpu. =N; and when the number of CSI-RS resources K s configured by the base station 110 for the user equipment 120 is >4, if the number of CRIs and corresponding CSIs reported by the user equipment 120 is N, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 is O cpu =X 1 N, where the value of X 1 can be {0.25, 0.375, 0.5}, where X 1 ∈ {0.25, 0.375, 0.5} is reported according to the capability of the user equipment 120.
方法五:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120会配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,且基站110可能给用户设备120指示多套码本参数组合(例如,实施例七中提到的码本参数配置方法),而用户设备120可能在多套码本参数组合中进行选择,这进一步增加了用户设备120处理的复杂度,且用户设备120处理的复杂度的增加和配置的码本参数组合的套数有关,因此,这里给出配置多套码本参数组合时用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为:Ocpu=X2Ks,X2的取值可以是{1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4},其中X2∈{1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4},X2通过用户设备120能力进行上报。Method 5: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For Rel-16 eType II codebook enhancement, the base station 110 configures Ks CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement. The base station 110 may also indicate multiple codebook parameter combinations to the user equipment 120 (for example, the codebook parameter configuration method mentioned in Example 7), and the user equipment 120 may select from the multiple codebook parameter combinations. This further increases the processing complexity of the user equipment 120, and the increase in the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 is related to the number of configured codebook parameter combinations. Therefore, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 when multiple codebook parameter combinations are configured is given here as: O cpu = X 2 K s , where X 2 can be a value of {1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4}, where X 2 ∈{1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4}, X 2 is reported through the user equipment 120 capability.
方法六:参照Rel-16 eTypeII码本的CPU计算规则,单个CSI-RS资源最大32天线端口进行码本测量和CSI上报时对应的CPU的个数为1,而对于基于Rel-16 eTypeII码本增强,基站110给用户设备120会配置Ks个CSI-RS资源用于信道测量,且基站110可能给用户设备120指示多套码本参数组合(例如,实施例七中提到的码本参数配置方法),而用户设备120可能在多套码本参数组合中进行选择,这进一步增加了用户设备120处理的复杂度,用户设备120处理的复杂度的增加和配置的码本参数组合的套数有关,同样标准还可能约束配置的CSI-RS资源的最大天线端口数,例如当Ks≤4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为32,而当Ks>4时,基站110可以为用户设备120配置的CSI-RS资源最大的天线端口数为16;因此,当Ks≤4时,用户设备120占用的CPU的个数可以表示为Ocpu=X2Ks,X2的取值可以是{1,1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4},其中X2∈{1, 1.5,2,2.5,3,3.5,4}通过用户设备120能力进行上报。而当数Ks>4,用户设备120占用的CPU的个数为Ocpu=X3Ks,其中X3的取值可以是{0.5,1,1.5,2},其中X3可以通过用户设备120能力进行上报。Method 6: Referring to the CPU calculation rules of the Rel-16 eType II codebook, the number of CPUs corresponding to codebook measurement and CSI reporting for a single CSI-RS resource with a maximum of 32 antenna ports is 1. For Rel-16 eType II codebook enhancement, the base station 110 will configure K s CSI-RS resources for the user equipment 120 for channel measurement, and the base station 110 may indicate multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations to the user equipment 120 (for example, the codebook parameter configuration method mentioned in Example 7), and the user equipment 120 may select from multiple sets of codebook parameter combinations, which further increases the processing complexity of the user equipment 120. The increase in the processing complexity of the user equipment 120 is related to the number of configured codebook parameter combinations. The same standard may also constrain the maximum number of antenna ports for the configured CSI-RS resources. For example, when K s ≤ 4, the maximum number of antenna ports for the CSI-RS resources that the base station 110 can configure for the user equipment 120 is 32. When K s >4, the maximum number of antenna ports that the base station 110 can configure for the CSI-RS resources of the user equipment 120 is 16; therefore, when K s ≤4, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 can be expressed as O cpu =X 2 K s , where the value of X 2 can be {1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4}, where X 2 ∈ {1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4} is reported by the capability of the user equipment 120. When the number K s > 4, the number of CPUs occupied by the user equipment 120 is O cpu = X 3 K s , where the value of X 3 can be {0.5, 1, 1.5, 2}, where X 3 can be reported by the capability of the user equipment 120.
实施例九Example 9
对于基于CRI扩展的CSI上报增强,用户设备120可能上报多个CRI,以及对应的所述CSI,所述CSI中可能包含RI、PMI、CQI中的至少一个,例如用户设备120支持配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目为Ks,其中Ks的最大取值为8,且用户设备120上报的CRI的个数最大可能取到8,因此如果采用传统的CRI的指示方式,每个CRI的指示需要3bit,如果上报多个CRI,则CRI的指示开销会比较大,因此该实施例考虑其它形式的CRI上报,具体CRI的上报可能采用如下方式:For CSI reporting enhancement based on CRI extension, the user equipment 120 may report multiple CRIs and the corresponding CSI. The CSI may include at least one of RI, PMI, and CQI. For example, the number of CSI-RS resources supported by the user equipment 120 for channel measurement is Ks , where the maximum value of Ks is 8, and the maximum number of CRIs reported by the user equipment 120 may be 8. Therefore, if the traditional CRI indication method is used, each CRI indication requires 3 bits. If multiple CRIs are reported, the CRI indication overhead will be relatively large. Therefore, this embodiment considers other forms of CRI reporting. Specifically, CRI reporting may be carried out in the following manner:
方案一:如果用户设备120上报多个CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI,CRI的上报可以采用组合数的方式,假定CSI-RS资源的数目为Ks个,而需要上报的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的个数为M个,则这M个CSI-RS资源对应的CSI在所有CSI-RS资源中的位置可以通过组合数的方式表示为即从Ks个CSI-RS资源中选择M个CSI-RS资源,具体指示需要的bit数为 Solution 1: If the user equipment 120 reports the CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the CRI can be reported in a combination number manner. Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks , and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources to be reported is M, then the positions of the CSIs corresponding to the M CSI-RS resources in all CSI-RS resources can be expressed in a combination number manner as follows: That is, M CSI-RS resources are selected from K s CSI-RS resources, and the specific number of bits required is
方案二:如果用户设备120上报多个CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI,CRI的上报可以采用bitmap的方式,假定CSI-RS资源的数目为Ks个,而需要上报的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的个数为M个,则这M个CSI-RS资源对应的CSI在所有CSI-RS资源中的位置可以通过bitmap的方式进行指示,对应的bit位为1/0则表示当前索引的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI上报,相反bit位为0/1则表示当前索引的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI不上报。Solution 2: If the user equipment 120 reports the CSI corresponding to multiple CSI-RS resources, the CRI can be reported in a bitmap manner. Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources is Ks , and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources that need to be reported is M, then the positions of the CSIs corresponding to these M CSI-RS resources in all CSI-RS resources can be indicated by a bitmap. If the corresponding bit is 1/0, it means that the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource of the current index is reported. On the contrary, if the bit is 0/1, it means that the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resource of the current index is not reported.
方案三:用户设备120上报多少个CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI可能是网络侧配置的,假定网络侧配置的用户设备120上报CSI-RS资源对应CSI的个数可以为{2,4,6,8}个,则用户设备120可以根据网络配置的上报的CSI-RS资源对应CSI的个数来确定采用哪种方式来指示网络侧上报那些CSI-RS资源对应CSI。例如,网络侧给用户设备120侧配置的CSI-RS资源的数目为8个,而指示给用户设备120侧上报的CSI-RS资源对应CSI的个数为2个,显然此时用户设备120侧可以采用现有CRI的指示方式来告知网络侧上报的是那几个CSI-RS资源对应CSI,即通过2个3bit来指示上报的是那两个CSI-RS资源对应CSI;而如果网络侧指示给用户设备120侧上报的CSI-RS资源对应CSI的个数为6个,显然此时用户设备120侧采用bitmap(方案二)或组合数(方案一)的方式需要的比特数更少,因此用户设备120侧可以采用bitmap或组合数的方式来告知网络侧用户设备120上报的是那几个CSI-RS资源对应的CSI。综上,该实施例提出可以根据网络侧给用户设备120侧配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源的数目,以及网络侧给用户设备120侧配置的上报的CRI的个数来确定用户设备120侧使用哪种方式上报CRI。例如,当网络侧配置的CSI-RS资源个数小于等于某个门限值Q时,可能所有的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI都需要上报,其中Q可能的取值为1/2/3/4/5/6;当网络侧配置的CSI-RS资源个数Ks小于等于某个门限值Q时,且网络侧配置的上报的CRI的个数M小于等于某个门限值E,则用户设备120侧采用传统CRI的方式指示上报那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,即每个CRI占用的bit数为而当网络侧配置的上报的CRI的个数M大于门限值E时,则用户设备120侧采用上述方案一中的组合数方式或采用方案二中的bitmap的方式来告知用户设备120选择了那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI上报。上述门限值Q可能的取值为1~8中的任意值,而CSI-RS资源个数Ks小于等于Q,门限值E小于等于Ks,M的取值小于等于Ks。 Solution 3: The number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120 may be configured on the network side. Assuming that the number of CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 configured on the network side can be {2, 4, 6, 8}, the user equipment 120 can determine which method to use to instruct the network side to report which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI according to the number of CSI corresponding to the CSI reported by the network configuration. For example, the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network side for the user equipment 120 side is 8, and the number of CSIs corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 side is 2. Obviously, at this time, the user equipment 120 side can use the existing CRI indication method to inform the network side which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported, that is, use two 3 bits to indicate which two CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported; and if the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the network side is 6, it is obvious that the user equipment 120 side uses the bitmap (Scheme 2) or combination number (Scheme 1) method. The number of bits required is smaller, so the user equipment 120 side can use the bitmap or combination number method to inform the network side which CSI-RS resources correspond to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120. In summary, this embodiment proposes that the method used by the user equipment 120 to report CRI can be determined based on the number of CSI-RS resources for channel measurement configured by the network side to the user equipment 120 side, and the number of reported CRIs configured by the network side to the user equipment 120 side. For example, when the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network side is less than or equal to a certain threshold value Q, the CSI corresponding to all CSI-RS resources may need to be reported, where Q may take values of 1/2/3/4/5/6; when the number of CSI-RS resources Ks configured by the network side is less than or equal to a certain threshold value Q, and the number of reported CRIs M configured by the network side is less than or equal to a certain threshold value E, the user equipment 120 side uses the traditional CRI method to indicate the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources to be reported, that is, the number of bits occupied by each CRI is When the number M of CRIs to be reported, as configured by the network, is greater than the threshold value E, the user equipment 120 uses the combination number method described in Solution 1 or the bitmap method described in Solution 2 to inform the user equipment 120 of the selected CSI-RS resources for CSI reporting. The threshold value Q may be any value from 1 to 8, the number of CSI-RS resources Ks is less than or equal to Q, the threshold value E is less than or equal to Ks , and the value of M is less than or equal to Ks .
方案四:假定网络侧配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源个数为Ks个,用户设备120上报多少个CSI-RS资源对应的所述CSI可能是由用户设备120侧决定的,可以设定一个门限值E,当用户设备120上报的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的个数M小于等于门限值E时,则用户设备120可以以传统的CRI的方式指示上报那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,即每个CRI占用的bit数为当用户设备120上报的CSI-RS资源对应的CSI的个数M大于等于门限值E时,则用户设备120采用上述方案一中的组合数方式或采用方案二中的bitmap的方式来告知用户设备120选择了那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI上报。但需要用户设备120通过1bit来告知网络侧采用的是哪种指示方式,且如果CSI的上报区分part1和part2,则该指示方式可以放到part1中,如果CSI上报区分多个上报子实例,则该指示方式可以放到上报子实例优先级较高的子实例中。Solution 4: Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network for channel measurement is Ks , the number of CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI reported by the user equipment 120 may be determined by the user equipment 120. A threshold value E can be set. When the number M of CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 is less than or equal to the threshold value E, the user equipment 120 can indicate the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources in the traditional CRI manner. That is, the number of bits occupied by each CRI is When the number M of CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources reported by the user equipment 120 is greater than or equal to the threshold value E, the user equipment 120 uses the combination number method in the above-mentioned solution 1 or the bitmap method in the solution 2 to inform the user equipment 120 of the CSI reporting corresponding to the selected CSI-RS resources. However, the user equipment 120 is required to use 1 bit to inform the network side of which indication method is used. If the CSI reporting distinguishes between part 1 and part 2, the indication method can be placed in part 1. If the CSI reporting distinguishes between multiple reporting sub-instances, the indication method can be placed in the sub-instance with a higher reporting sub-instance priority.
上述门限值E可能的取值为1~8中的任意值,而CSI-RS资源个数Ks小于等于8,门限值E小于等于Ks。The threshold value E may be any value between 1 and 8, and the number of CSI-RS resources K s is less than or equal to 8, and the threshold value E is less than or equal to K s .
需要注意的是上述几种方案同样适用于基于CRI上报的码本增强,该码本可以是基于Rel-15的Type-I码本增强,同样适用于基于Rel-16的eTypeII码本增强。It should be noted that the above solutions are also applicable to codebook enhancement based on CRI reporting. The codebook can be a Type-I codebook enhancement based on Rel-15, and is also applicable to an eTypeII codebook enhancement based on Rel-16.
方案五:假定网络侧配置的用于信道测量的CSI-RS资源个数为Ks个,则标准可以通过预定义的方式确定采用哪种形式上报那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,例如可以通过预定义的方式确定当Ks的个数小于等于某个门限E时,用户设备120可以采用传统的CRI的方式指示上报那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,即每个CRI占用的bit数为或用户设备120采用上述方案一中的组合数方式或采用方案二中的bitmap的方式来告知用户设备120选择了那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI上报;当Ks的个数大于等于某个门限E时,用户设备120采用上述方案一中的组合数方式或采用方案二中的bitmap的方式来告知用户设备120选择了那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,或用户设备120采用传统的CRI的方式指示上报那些CSI-RS资源对应的CSI,即每个CRI占用的bit数为 Solution 5: Assuming that the number of CSI-RS resources configured by the network for channel measurement is Ks , the standard can determine in a predefined manner which form to use to report the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources. For example, it can be determined in a predefined manner that when the number of Ks is less than or equal to a certain threshold E, the user equipment 120 can use the traditional CRI method to indicate the CSI corresponding to those CSI-RS resources to be reported, that is, the number of bits occupied by each CRI is Or the user equipment 120 uses the combination number method in the above solution 1 or the bitmap method in the solution 2 to inform the user equipment 120 of the CSI reporting corresponding to the selected CSI-RS resources; when the number of Ks is greater than or equal to a certain threshold E, the user equipment 120 uses the combination number method in the above solution 1 or the bitmap method in the solution 2 to inform the user equipment 120 of the CSI corresponding to the selected CSI-RS resources, or the user equipment 120 uses the traditional CRI method to indicate the CSI corresponding to the CSI-RS resources to be reported, that is, the number of bits occupied by each CRI is
实施例十Example 10
对于Rel-16 eTypeII和Rel-18 eTypePMI预测码本增强支持最大128天线端口,由于空域基底的选择即使采用极化common的方式,仍然需要再64个空域基底中选择L=2/4/6/8个波束,选择的开销较大,例如对于L=4,空域基底的选择指示需要20bit,如果用户设备120支持较大的rank数,则该指示开销按现有的标准处理,空域基底指示需要的bit数与rank数承正比关系,且不同rank的空域基底的选择还需要指示对应的过采样组,这样用户设备120指示空域基底的选择的上报开销会进一步加大;再者,空域基底的指示采用的是组合数的表示方式,当天线端口为128时,组合数选择对应的表格需要64行,且该表格需要存储在UE的内存中,对内存的占用较大,因此,该实施例考虑降低用户设备120指示空域基底的上报开销,同时考虑降低组合数表格对UE内容的占用,具体方案如下:For Rel-16 eType II and Rel-18 eType PMI prediction codebook enhancement, a maximum of 128 antenna ports are supported. Since the selection of the spatial basis still requires the selection of L = 2/4/6/8 beams from 64 spatial basis even if a common polarization method is used, the selection overhead is relatively large. For example, for L = 4, the spatial basis selection indication requires 20 bits. If the user equipment 120 supports a larger number of ranks, the indication overhead is processed according to the existing standard. The number of bits required for the spatial basis indication is proportional to the number of ranks, and the selection of spatial basis of different ranks also requires the indication of the corresponding oversampling group. In this way, the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 indicating the selection of the spatial basis will be further increased. Furthermore, the indication of the spatial basis is expressed in the form of a combination number. When the number of antenna ports is 128, the table corresponding to the combination number selection requires 64 rows, and the table needs to be stored in the memory of the UE, which occupies a large amount of memory. Therefore, this embodiment considers reducing the reporting overhead of the user equipment 120 indicating the spatial basis, while also considering reducing the occupancy of the combination number table on the UE. The specific solution is as follows:
方案一:对于Rel-16 eTypeII增强码本或Rel-18eTypePMI预测增强码本,过采样组具体选择的指示开销可以表示为O1对应水平方向的过采样次数,O2对应垂直纬度的过采样次数,为了降低用户设备120指示的开销,可以令不同rank或层对应空域过采样组相同,这样可以降低用户设备120指示的上报开销。Solution 1: For the Rel-16 eTypeII enhanced codebook or the Rel-18 eTypePMI prediction enhanced codebook, the indication overhead of the specific selection of the oversampling group can be expressed as O 1 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the horizontal direction, and O 2 corresponds to the number of oversampling times in the vertical latitude. In order to reduce the overhead indicated by the user equipment 120, the spatial oversampling groups corresponding to different ranks or layers can be made the same, which can reduce the reporting overhead indicated by the user equipment 120.
方案二:由于选择的空域基底的个数相对于候选的空域基底相对较小,例如128天线端口下,需要从64个候选基底中选择L=2/4/6/8个空域基底,可能选择的空域基底位于候选的空域基底中的某个子集中,因此可以考虑对候选的空域基底进行分组,例如单个极化方向对应的候选的空域基底的个数为N,需要选择的空域基底的个数为L,每组候选基底的个数为M,则候选的空域基底可以分为N/M组,每组对应的候选基底中可能包含的空域基底的个数可以通过Xbit来表示,X的具体取值可以和网络侧指示的空域基底个数L有关,具体可以按如下方式确定,当L=2时,X可以取1或2;当L=4时,X可以取2;当L=6时,X可 以取3;可以通过X的取值来确定每组候选的空域基底中包含的选择的空域基底的个数;这里我们需要注意的是只需要指示N/M-1个候选的空域基底组中包含的选择的空域基底的个数,最后一个候选空域基底组中可能包含的被选择的空域基底个数可以根据前面的指示推测出来,从而节省最后一个候选空域基底组中被选择的基底个数的指示开销。而对于L=2,如果通过1bit来指示每个候选空域基底组中的被选择的空域基底个数,而1bit其实是用于指示当前候选基底组中是否有被选择的空域基底,例如当bit位为1时,表示有被选择的空域基底,相反0表示没有被选择的空域基底;再者,考虑到网络侧或用户设备120侧支持的天线端口数为{48,64,128},则每组候选基底的个数M的取值可以是{8,12,16,24,32}中的任何一个,只需要满足M可以被N整除即可。具体每组候选基底的个数信息可以是通过网络指示的,也可以是标准预定义的,也可以是基于标准预定义后用户设备120选择的,例如标准可以预定义M具有多个值,而用户设备120可以根据具体的选择的空域基底在所有候选空域基底中的分布选择合适的预定义的M的值,并把对应的选择信息指示给网络侧;注意上述网络侧指示或标准预定义的也可以是候选空域基底的分组个数,相对于网络侧指示或标准预定义每组候选基底的个数,两者实现的效果相同,这里不在具体描述;由于对候选空域基底进行了分组,这样用户设备120只需在每组候选基底的个数M中指示选择了那些空域基底,这样用户设备120就只需要存储基于M的组合数列表,从而降低用户设备120存储开销;另外,需要注意的是上述如果某个候选的空域基底组中如果对应的指示信息指示该候选空域基底组中没有被选择的空域基底,则不需要指示这部分信息。Solution 2: Since the number of selected spatial basis is relatively small compared to the candidate spatial basis, for example, under 128 antenna ports, L = 2/4/6/8 spatial basis needs to be selected from 64 candidate basis. The possible selected spatial basis is in a subset of the candidate spatial basis. Therefore, it is possible to consider grouping the candidate spatial basis. For example, the number of candidate spatial basis corresponding to a single polarization direction is N, the number of spatial basis to be selected is L, and the number of candidate basis in each group is M. Then the candidate spatial basis can be divided into N/M groups. The number of spatial basis that may be included in the candidate basis corresponding to each group can be represented by Xbit. The specific value of X can be related to the number of spatial basis L indicated by the network side, and can be determined as follows: when L = 2, X can be 1 or 2; when L = 4, X can be 2; when L = 6, X can be The value of X can be used to determine the number of selected spatial basis elements included in each candidate spatial basis group. It should be noted that only the number of selected spatial basis elements included in the N/M-1 candidate spatial basis groups needs to be indicated. The number of selected spatial basis elements that may be included in the last candidate spatial basis group can be inferred based on the previous indication, thereby saving the overhead of indicating the number of selected basis elements in the last candidate spatial basis group. For L = 2, if 1 bit is used to indicate the number of selected spatial basis elements in each candidate spatial basis group, the 1 bit is actually used to indicate whether a spatial basis element is selected in the current candidate basis group. For example, when the bit is 1, it indicates that a spatial basis element is selected, while 0 indicates that no spatial basis element is selected. Furthermore, considering that the number of antenna ports supported by the network or user equipment 120 is {48, 64, 128}, the value of the number of candidate basis elements M in each group can be any one of {8, 12, 16, 24, 32}, as long as M is divisible by N. Specifically, the number of candidate basis groups in each group may be indicated by the network, predefined by the standard, or selected by the user equipment 120 based on the predefined standard. For example, the standard may predefine M to have multiple values, and the user equipment 120 may select an appropriate predefined value of M based on the distribution of the specifically selected spatial basis in all candidate spatial basis bases, and indicate the corresponding selection information to the network side. Note that the network-side indication or standard predefine may also be the number of grouped candidate spatial basis bases. Compared with the network-side indication or standard predefine of the number of candidate basis bases in each group, the two achieve the same effect and are not described in detail here. Since the candidate spatial basis bases are grouped, the user equipment 120 only needs to indicate which spatial basis bases are selected in the number M of candidate basis bases in each group. In this way, the user equipment 120 only needs to store a list of the number of combinations based on M, thereby reducing the storage overhead of the user equipment 120. In addition, it should be noted that if the corresponding indication information in a candidate spatial basis group indicates that no spatial basis is selected in the candidate spatial basis group, then this part of the information does not need to be indicated.
如果考虑上述指示信息的在CSI中的位置,若上述CSI分为part1和part2两部分,则候选的空域基底组中包含的被选择的空域基底的个数指示信息可以放到part1中,而具体的被选择空域基底在候选的空域基底组中的位置指示信息可以放到part2中。If the position of the above-mentioned indication information in the CSI is considered, if the above-mentioned CSI is divided into part 1 and part 2, then the indication information of the number of selected spatial basis groups contained in the candidate spatial basis group can be placed in part 1, and the position indication information of the specific selected spatial basis in the candidate spatial basis group can be placed in part 2.
实施例十一Example 11
在Rel-18中,MTRP CJT假设TRP之间存在理想的同步。然而,在实际系统中往往存在TRP之间非理想的同步,严重降低了CJT的性能。而导致多个TRP之间非理想同步的因素主要包含三个方面:TRP之间的时延偏差、TRP之间的频率偏差,以及TRP之间的相位偏差。In Rel-18, MTRP CJT assumes perfect synchronization between TRPs. However, in real systems, non-ideal synchronization between TRPs often exists, severely degrading CJT performance. The factors that lead to non-ideal synchronization between multiple TRPs mainly include three aspects: delay deviation, frequency deviation, and phase deviation between TRPs.
TRP之间的时延偏差来自于两个来源。一方面,不同TRP和UE之间的传播延迟会因为TRP和UE的不同位置以及UE的移动而产生较大的变化。另一方面,TRP之间的硬件实现也会导致DL传输时序的差异。Delay variability between TRPs arises from two sources. Firstly, the propagation delay between different TRPs and UEs can vary significantly due to the different locations of the TRPs and UEs, as well as UE mobility. Secondly, hardware implementations between TRPs can also lead to differences in DL transmission timing.
再者,在CJT中多个TRP之间由于振荡器的不稳定性,不同TRP之间不可避免地会出现频率差异。此外,不同TRP到UE的不同多普勒频移可能加剧这些TRP间的频率差异。这种频率不对准可能导致信道快速变化。随后,由于CSI更新周期有限和不可避免的CSI反馈延迟,CJT性能可能严重降低。因此,需要测量和预补偿TRP间的频率不对准。Furthermore, due to oscillator instability, frequency differences between multiple TRPs in CJT are inevitable. Furthermore, the varying Doppler shifts from different TRPs to the UE can exacerbate these inter-TRP frequency differences. This frequency misalignment can lead to rapid channel variations. Consequently, CJT performance can be severely degraded due to the limited CSI update period and unavoidable CSI feedback delays. Therefore, it is necessary to measure and pre-compensate for inter-TRP frequency misalignment.
另外,对于TDD系统来说,它依赖SRS来获取下行链路的信息,DL/UL互易性不一致会导致TRP之间的相位偏移。In addition, for the TDD system, which relies on SRS to obtain downlink information, inconsistent DL/UL reciprocity will cause phase offset between TRPs.
上述因素造成的CJT下多个TRP之间时延偏差、频偏,相位偏差会导致多个TRP之间的非同步传输,从而降低CJT的性能,对此需要考虑通过用户设备120辅助的方式来实现多TRP之间的同步传输,用户设备120辅助进行同步时需要上报那些内容需要明确,该实施例解决用户设备120怎么告诉网络侧对那些TRP进行同步补偿的问题,以及采用哪种上报形式的问题。The delay deviation, frequency deviation, and phase deviation between multiple TRPs under CJT caused by the above factors will lead to asynchronous transmission between multiple TRPs, thereby reducing the performance of CJT. Therefore, it is necessary to consider achieving synchronous transmission between multiple TRPs with the assistance of user equipment 120. It is necessary to clarify what needs to be reported when user equipment 120 assists in synchronization. This embodiment solves the problem of how user equipment 120 tells the network side which TRPs to compensate for synchronization, and what reporting form to use.
实施方案:Implementation plan:
根据上次会议的结论,对于Rel-19非周期性独立CJT校准报告,主要考虑以下几种case:According to the conclusions of the last meeting, the following cases are mainly considered for the Rel-19 non-periodic independent CJT calibration report:
用例1:TRP时延偏移上报: Use case 1: TRP delay offset reporting:
用例1.1:TRP的选择,即在多个TRP中选择部分或全部TRP,使得选择的多个TRP在进行CJT时可以忽略不同TRP时延偏移的影响。Use Case 1.1: TRP selection, that is, selecting some or all TRPs from multiple TRPs so that the influence of different TRP delay offsets can be ignored when performing CJT.
用例1.2:对至少一个TRP进行延迟偏移补偿,以确保参与CJT的多个TRP的时延偏移不超过预定义的动态范围/阈值。Use case 1.2: Perform delay skew compensation on at least one TRP to ensure that the delay skew of multiple TRPs participating in the CJT does not exceed a predefined dynamic range/threshold.
用例2:TRP频偏上报:Use Case 2: TRP Frequency Deviation Reporting:
用例2.1:TRP的选择,即在多个TRP中选择部分或全部TRP,使得选择的多个TRP在进行CJT时可以忽略不同TRP频偏的影响。Use Case 2.1: TRP selection, that is, selecting some or all TRPs from multiple TRPs so that the effects of different TRP frequency deviations can be ignored when performing CJT.
用例2.2:在网络侧对每个TRP的频偏进行补偿,从而使得多个TRP在进行CJT时可以忽略不同TRP频偏的影响。Use case 2.2: Compensate the frequency offset of each TRP on the network side so that the impact of different TRP frequency offsets can be ignored when performing CJT on multiple TRPs.
用例3:TRP相位不对齐上报:Use case 3: TRP phase misalignment reporting:
用例3.1:TRP的选择,即在多个TRP中选择部分或全部TRP,使得选择的多个TRP在进行CJT时可以忽略不同TRP相位不对齐的影响。Use case 3.1: TRP selection, that is, selecting some or all of the TRPs from multiple TRPs so that the influence of phase misalignment of different TRPs can be ignored when performing CJT.
用例3.2:在网络侧对每个TRP的下行链路或上行链路Rx-Tx相位进行补偿,从而使得多个TRP在进行CJT时可以忽略不同TRP相位不对齐的影响。Use case 3.2: Compensate the downlink or uplink Rx-Tx phase of each TRP on the network side so that the impact of phase misalignment of different TRPs can be ignored when performing CJT on multiple TRPs.
用例3.3:对于TDD互易性,上报至少一对TRP的定时偏移,以协助TRP同步。Use case 3.3: For TDD reciprocity, reporting the timing offset of at least one pair of TRPs to assist TRP synchronization.
针对用例1.1,用例1.2,以及用例1.3,用户设备120需要再Ntrp个CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合中选择出N个CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合(或N个CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合对应的TRP),且这N个CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合对应的TRP可以满足多TRP之间CJT的同步要求。For use case 1.1, use case 1.2, and use case 1.3, the user equipment 120 needs to select N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets (or TRPs corresponding to N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets) from Ntrp CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets, and the TRPs corresponding to these N CSI-RS resources or CSI-RS resource sets can meet the CJT synchronization requirements between multiple TRPs.
那么对于用例1.1,用例2.1,以及用例3.1,用户设备120可以采用如下至少一种方案来上报选择了那N个TRP:For use cases 1.1, 2.1, and 3.1, the user equipment 120 may use at least one of the following solutions to report the selected N TRPs:
方案一:对于Ntrp=2的场景,这两个TRP要么满足CJT的同步要求,要么不满足CJT的同步要求,所以不需要分别指示选择了那个TRP,可以直接通过1bit进行指示这两个TRP的状态,例如bit位为1/0则表示两个TRP满足CJT同步要求,bit位为0/1则表示这两个TRP不满足CJT的同步要求;同理,对于Ntrp=3/4的场景下,如果所有的TRP都满足CJT同步需求,或所有的TRP都不满足CJT的同步需求,则可以通过1bit进行指示,例如bit位为1/0则表示所有TRP满足CJT同步要求,bit位为0/1则表示所有TRP不满足CJT的同步要求;上述所述的同步要求可以指不同TRP的时延偏移,或时延偏移加时延扩展在一定的范围之内,不影响TPR之间的同步,或对同步有影响但可以接受;也可以指不同TRP之间的相位偏移在一定的范围之内,不影响TRP之间的同步,或对同步有影响但可以接受;也可以指不同TRP之间的频偏在一定的范围之内,不影响TRP之间的同步,或对同步有影响但可以接受。Solution 1: For the scenario of Ntrp=2, the two TRPs either meet the CJT synchronization requirements or do not meet the CJT synchronization requirements, so there is no need to indicate which TRP is selected separately. The status of the two TRPs can be directly indicated by 1 bit. For example, if the bit is 1/0, it means that the two TRPs meet the CJT synchronization requirements, and if the bit is 0/1, it means that the two TRPs do not meet the CJT synchronization requirements; similarly, for the scenario of Ntrp=3/4, if all TRPs meet the CJT synchronization requirements, or all TRPs do not meet the CJT synchronization requirements, it can be indicated by 1 bit, for example If the bit is 1/0, it means that all TRPs meet the CJT synchronization requirements. If the bit is 0/1, it means that all TRPs do not meet the CJT synchronization requirements. The above-mentioned synchronization requirements can refer to the delay offset of different TRPs, or the delay offset plus the delay spread are within a certain range, which does not affect the synchronization between TPRs, or has an impact on synchronization but is acceptable; it can also refer to the phase offset between different TRPs is within a certain range, which does not affect the synchronization between TRPs, or has an impact on synchronization but is acceptable; it can also refer to the frequency deviation between different TRPs is within a certain range, which does not affect the synchronization between TRPs, or has an impact on synchronization but is acceptable.
对于用例2.1/用例2.2/用例3.2/用例3.3,用户设备120可以采用如下至少一种方案来上报对应的同步补偿信息:For use case 2.1/use case 2.2/use case 3.2/use case 3.3, the user equipment 120 may use at least one of the following solutions to report the corresponding synchronization compensation information:
方案二:对于至少两个TRP的场景,即Ntrp≥2时,假定有一个参考TRP,然后其它的TRP通过1bit指示相对于参考TRP是否要进行同步补偿,这里通过1bit指示是否除参考TRP外的所有的TRP都需要进行同步补偿,如果比特位为1/0则表示上述除参考TRP外的所有TRP都需要进行同步补偿,如果比特位为0/1则表示上述除参考TRP外的部分TRP需要相对参考TRP进行同步补偿。如果上述比特位指示除参考TRP外的所有TRP都需要进行同步补偿,则可以缺省指示除参考TRP外的其它TRP的指示信息;或者当参考TRP确定后,如果其它所有TRP都需要进行同步补偿,则可以缺省指示其它所有TRP的指示信息;上述除参考TRP外的其它TRP的指示信息具体是指是否要通过1bit指示相对于参考TRP是否要进行同步补偿。 Solution 2: For scenarios with at least two TRPs, that is, when Ntrp≥2, it is assumed that there is a reference TRP, and then the other TRPs use 1 bit to indicate whether synchronization compensation is required relative to the reference TRP. Here, 1 bit is used to indicate whether all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be synchronized and compensated. If the bit is 1/0, it means that all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be synchronized and compensated. If the bit is 0/1, it means that some TRPs except the reference TRP need to be synchronized and compensated relative to the reference TRP. If the bit indicates that all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be synchronized and compensated, the indication information of the other TRPs except the reference TRP can be indicated by default; or when the reference TRP is determined, if all other TRPs need to be synchronized and compensated, the indication information of all other TRPs can be indicated by default; the indication information of the other TRPs except the reference TRP specifically refers to whether synchronization compensation is required relative to the reference TRP using 1 bit.
另外,这里也可以通过2bit指示是否除参考TRP外的所有的TRP都需要进行同步补偿,例如00表示则表示上述除参考TRP外的所有TRP都需要进行同步补偿;如果为01则表示上述除参考TRP外的部分TRP需要进行同步补偿;如果为10则表示上述除参考TRP外的所有TRP都不需要进行同步补偿;注意上述的编号值00,01,10所表示的含义可以互换,这里只是作为一个示例。如果除参考TRP外的部分TRP需要进行同步补偿,则需要分别通过1bit指示除参考TRP外的每个TRP是否需要进行同步补偿;另外需要注意的是上述参考TRP可以是标准预定义的,也可以是用户设备120选择的并告知网络侧。再者,如果除参考TRP外的部分TRP需要进行同步补偿,则需要分别通过1bit指示除参考TRP外的每个TRP是否需要进行同步补偿,而对于没有指示需要进行同步补偿的TRP这里可能有两种解释,一种解释是没有指示补偿的TRP默认相对于参考TRP可以满足多TRP之间进行CJT需要的同步;另一种解释是没有指示补偿的TRP不参与多TRP之间的协作;上述两种解释在该实施例中都认为是合理的。In addition, here, 2 bits can also be used to indicate whether all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization. For example, 00 indicates that all TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization; if it is 01, it indicates that some TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization; if it is 10, it indicates that all TRPs except the reference TRP do not need to be compensated for synchronization; note that the meanings of the above number values 00, 01, and 10 are interchangeable, and this is just an example. If some TRPs except the reference TRP need to be compensated for synchronization, 1 bit is needed to indicate whether each TRP except the reference TRP needs to be compensated for synchronization; it should also be noted that the above reference TRP can be predefined by the standard, or it can be selected by the user equipment 120 and notified to the network side. Furthermore, if some TRPs other than the reference TRP need to be synchronized and compensated, it is necessary to use 1 bit to indicate whether each TRP other than the reference TRP needs to be synchronized and compensated. There may be two explanations for the TRP that does not indicate the need for synchronization compensation. One explanation is that the TRP without indication of compensation can meet the synchronization requirements for CJT between multiple TRPs relative to the reference TRP by default; the other explanation is that the TRP without indication of compensation does not participate in the collaboration between multiple TRPs; the above two explanations are both considered reasonable in this embodiment.
方案三:对于至少两个TRP的场景,即Ntrp≥2时,可以通过bitmap的方式指示选择了那些TRP,如果比特位为1/0则表示该TRP被选择,相反该TRP则没有被选择;这里对于没有被选择的TRP同样有两种解释,一种解释是没有被选择的TRP默认可以和其它被选择的进行同步补偿后的TRP之间满足CJT需要的同步;针对这种解释,参考TRP的选取可以是没有被选择的TRP中的一个,也可以是选择TRP中的一个,例如标准可以约定为所有TRP中的任意一个TRP,也可以约定为被选择的TRP中的任意一个TRP,或者约定为被第一个被选择TRP的前一个TRP,如果被选择的TRP就是第一个TRP,则参考TRP就为该TRP。Solution 3: For scenarios with at least two TRPs, that is, when Ntrp ≥ 2, the selected TRPs can be indicated by a bitmap. If the bit is 1/0, it means that the TRP is selected, otherwise the TRP is not selected. There are also two interpretations for the unselected TRP. One interpretation is that the unselected TRP can, by default, meet the synchronization requirements of CJT with other selected TRPs after synchronization compensation. For this interpretation, the reference TRP can be one of the unselected TRPs or one of the selected TRPs. For example, the standard can be agreed to be any TRP among all TRPs, any TRP among the selected TRPs, or the TRP before the first selected TRP. If the selected TRP is the first TRP, the reference TRP is that TRP.
另一种解释是没有被选择的TRP不参与多TRP之间的CJT。而对于这种解释参考TRP的选取可以是被选择TRP中的任何一个TRP,也可以是未被选择TRP中的任意一个TRP,例如第一个未被选择的TRP。Another explanation is that unselected TRPs do not participate in the CJT between multiple TRPs. For this explanation, the reference TRP can be any TRP among the selected TRPs or any TRP among the unselected TRPs, such as the first unselected TRP.
另外上述提到的TRP的选择指示信息,以及TRP状态的指示信息,如果用户设备120上报的CSI信息分为part1和part2两部分,则上述信息都放到part1中。In addition, the TRP selection indication information and the TRP status indication information mentioned above, if the CSI information reported by the user equipment 120 is divided into part 1 and part 2, the above information is placed in part 1.
需要注意的是上述提到的同步补偿可以指如下至少一种补偿:时延补偿,频偏补偿,相位补偿,定时偏移的补偿等;其次,上述对TRP的选择和对参考信号RS资源或参考信号RS资源集合的选择等效,这里假定每个TRP对应一个RS资源或一个RS资源集合,并且该RS资源或RS资源集合可以是CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合,也可以是TRS资源或TRS资源集合,也可以是SRS资源或SRS资源集合。It should be noted that the synchronization compensation mentioned above may refer to at least one of the following compensations: delay compensation, frequency offset compensation, phase compensation, timing offset compensation, etc.; secondly, the above selection of TRP is equivalent to the selection of reference signal RS resources or reference signal RS resource sets. It is assumed here that each TRP corresponds to an RS resource or an RS resource set, and the RS resource or RS resource set can be a CSI-RS resource or a CSI-RS resource set, or a TRS resource or a TRS resource set, or an SRS resource or an SRS resource set.
方案四:用例2.1/用例2.2/用例3.2/用例3.3,首先在Ntrp个TRP中选择N个TRP,N个TRP的选择可以是网络侧指示的,也可以是终端侧选择的,而对于这选择的N个TRP,对于用例2.1,通过Nbit指示每个TRP相对参考TRP的时延偏移或时延偏移加时延扩展在规定的范围内,或超过规定范围,而对于没有选择的Ntrp-N个TRP有两种解释,一种解释是这些TRP参与CJT传输,认为它们和同步校准后的多个TRP之间满足CJT的同步要求,或对性能的影响可以接受;另一种解释是由于其它一些原因它们不参与CJT传输;对于上述两种解释,可能需要通过1bit来指示其位于哪种状态,从而使得网络侧能够知道那些TRP后续可能参与CJT。同样,对于用例2.2则认为选择的N个TRP需要终端上报频偏信息,而没有选择的Ntrp-N个TRP,可以有两种状态,一种状态是超出了规定的频偏补偿范围,不与上报频偏的N个TRP进行CJT,或没有超出规定的频偏补偿范围,但由于其它因素导致不与上报频偏的N个TRP进行CJT;另一种状态是没有超出规定的频偏补偿范围,或认为频偏导致的影响可以忽略,参与同进行频偏补偿的N个TRP进行CJT;对于上述两种状态可能需要通过1bit来指示其位于哪种状态,从而使得网络侧能够知道那些TRP后续可能参与CJT。同理,对于用例3.2和3.3,认为选择的N个TRP需要终端上报相位偏移信息, 而未选择的Ntrp-N个TRP,可以有两种状态,一种状态是超出了规定的相位补偿范围,不与上报相位补偿的N个TRP进行CJT,或没有超出规定的相位补偿范围,但由于其它因素导致不与上报相位补偿的N个TRP进行CJT;另一种状态是没有超出规定的相位补偿补偿范围,或认为相位偏移导致的影响可以忽略,参与同进行相位补偿的N个TRP进行CJT;对于上述两种状态可能需要通过1bit来指示其位于哪种状态,从而使得网络侧能够知道那些TRP后续可能参与CJT。Solution 4: Use Case 2.1/Use Case 2.2/Use Case 3.2/Use Case 3.3, first select N TRPs from Ntrp TRPs. The selection of N TRPs can be indicated by the network side or selected by the terminal side. For these N TRPs selected, for Use Case 2.1, N bits are used to indicate whether the delay offset or the delay offset plus the delay spread of each TRP relative to the reference TRP is within the specified range or exceeds the specified range. There are two explanations for the Ntrp-N TRPs that are not selected. One explanation is that these TRPs participate in CJT transmission, and it is believed that the synchronization requirements of CJT are met between them and the multiple TRPs after synchronization calibration, or the impact on performance is acceptable; the other explanation is that they do not participate in CJT transmission due to some other reasons; for the above two explanations, it may be necessary to use 1 bit to indicate which state they are in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later. Similarly, for use case 2.2, it is considered that the selected N TRPs require the terminal to report frequency deviation information, while the unselected Ntrp-N TRPs can have two states. One state is that it exceeds the specified frequency deviation compensation range and does not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report frequency deviation, or it does not exceed the specified frequency deviation compensation range, but due to other factors, it does not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report frequency deviation; the other state is that it does not exceed the specified frequency deviation compensation range, or it is considered that the impact caused by the frequency deviation can be ignored, and participates in CJT with the N TRPs that perform frequency deviation compensation; for the above two states, it may be necessary to use 1 bit to indicate which state it is in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later. Similarly, for use cases 3.2 and 3.3, it is considered that the selected N TRPs require the terminal to report phase offset information. The unselected Ntrp-N TRPs can have two states. One state is that they exceed the specified phase compensation range and do not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report phase compensation, or they do not exceed the specified phase compensation range, but due to other factors, they do not perform CJT with the N TRPs that report phase compensation. The other state is that they do not exceed the specified phase compensation range, or the impact caused by the phase offset is considered negligible, and they participate in CJT with the N TRPs that perform phase compensation. For the above two states, 1 bit may be required to indicate which state it is in, so that the network side can know which TRPs may participate in CJT later.
针对上述方案四,参考TRP可以是没有被选择的TRP中的一个,也可以是选择TRP中的一个,例如标准可以约定为所有TRP中的任意一个TRP,也可以约定为被选择的TRP中的任意一个TRP,或者约定为被第一个被选择TRP中的前一个TRP参与CJT的TRP,如果被选择的TRP就是第一个TRP,则参考TRP就为该TRP;亦或者对于用例1.2约定为被选择的TRP中没有时延偏移或时延补偿加时延扩展没有超出规定范围的第一个TRP。For the above-mentioned scheme 4, the reference TRP can be one of the TRPs that are not selected, or one of the selected TRPs. For example, the standard can be agreed to be any TRP among all TRPs, or any TRP among the selected TRPs, or the TRP that participates in the CJT with the previous TRP among the first selected TRP. If the selected TRP is the first TRP, the reference TRP is that TRP; or for use case 1.2, it can be agreed to be the first TRP among the selected TRPs that has no delay offset or the delay compensation plus delay extension does not exceed the specified range.
另外上述提到的TRP的选择指示信息,以及TRP状态的指示信息,如果终端上报的CSI信息分为part1和part2两部分,则上述信息都放到part1中。In addition, the TRP selection indication information and TRP status indication information mentioned above, if the CSI information reported by the terminal is divided into part 1 and part 2, the above information is placed in part 1.
需要注意的是上述提到的同步补偿可以指如下至少一种补偿:时延补偿,频偏补偿,相位补偿,定时偏移的补偿等;其次,上述对TRP的选择和对参考信号RS资源或参考信号RS资源集合的选择等效,这里假定每个TRP对应一个RS资源或一个RS资源集合,并且该RS资源或RS资源集合可以是CSI-RS资源或CSI-RS资源集合,也可以是TRS资源或TRS资源集合,也可以是SRS资源或SRS资源集合。It should be noted that the synchronization compensation mentioned above may refer to at least one of the following compensations: delay compensation, frequency offset compensation, phase compensation, timing offset compensation, etc.; secondly, the above selection of TRP is equivalent to the selection of reference signal RS resources or reference signal RS resource sets. It is assumed here that each TRP corresponds to an RS resource or an RS resource set, and the RS resource or RS resource set can be a CSI-RS resource or a CSI-RS resource set, or a TRS resource or a TRS resource set, or an SRS resource or an SRS resource set.
再者,对于上述3个用例,由于每个用例下至少都有两个子用例,那么从用户设备120的角度来看,用户设备120执行那种操作时不确定的,可以通过多种方式来确定,具体可以采用如下至少一种方式:Furthermore, for the above three use cases, since each use case has at least two sub-use cases, from the perspective of the user device 120, it is uncertain which operation the user device 120 performs. This can be determined in a variety of ways, specifically, at least one of the following ways:
方式一:用户设备120上报能力,例如每个用例的第一个子用例作为用户设备120的一个基础能力,其它的子用例作为用户设备120的能力项,如果用户设备120同时支持每个下的多个子用例,则用户设备120具体执行哪种行为可以是基站110配置的,基站110可以通过RRC/DCI/MAC CE指示用户设备120采用哪种子用例的处理方式,例如对于用例3的场景,由于用例3包含3个子用例,如果用户设备120在上报能力项的时候同时支持这三个子用例,则网络侧在指示用户设备120上报类型的时候可以通过2bit指示用户设备120具体采用那个子用例的上报方式;而对于用例1和用例2,网络侧只需要通过1bit来指示用户设备120具体采用那个子用例的上报方式;例如对于用例1,比特位为1/0表示采用用例1.1的上报方式,上报选择了那些TRP,相反比特位为0/1时表示采用用例1.2的上报方式;对于每个用例下用户设备120只上报一种能力的,则网络则可以缺省指示用户设备120采用哪种子用例对应的上报方式,从而降低信令指示的开销。Method 1: The user equipment 120 reports its capabilities. For example, the first sub-case of each use case is used as a basic capability of the user equipment 120, and the other sub-cases are used as capability items of the user equipment 120. If the user equipment 120 supports multiple sub-cases under each use case at the same time, the specific behavior performed by the user equipment 120 can be configured by the base station 110. The base station 110 can instruct the user equipment 120 to adopt a processing method of the sub-case through RRC/DCI/MAC CE. For example, for the scenario of use case 3, since use case 3 contains 3 sub-cases, if the user equipment 120 supports these three sub-cases at the same time when reporting the capability items, the network side will instruct the user When the device 120 reports the type, 2 bits can be used to indicate to the user device 120 which specific sub-use case reporting method is adopted; for use case 1 and use case 2, the network side only needs to use 1 bit to indicate to the user device 120 which specific sub-use case reporting method is adopted; for example, for use case 1, a bit of 1/0 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.1 is adopted to report the selected TRPs, while a bit of 0/1 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.2 is adopted; for each use case in which the user device 120 only reports one capability, the network can instruct the user device 120 by default which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is adopted, thereby reducing the overhead of signaling indication.
方式二:对于用户设备120针对不同用例上报多个能力的,具体用户设备120采用那个子用例的上报形式,可以是用户设备120自行决策的,这种方式极大的增加了多个TRP进行CJT的灵活性,但是用户设备120需要再上报的信息中指明是采用的那种子用例的上报方式。例如对于用例3的场景,由于用例3包含3个子用例,如果用户设备120在上报能力项的时候同时支持这三个子用例,则用户设备120在上报时需要告知网络侧自身的上报类型,具体可以通过2bit指示用户设备120具体采用那个子用例的上报方式;而对于用例1和用例2,用户设备120在上报时只需要通过1bit来告知网络具体采用那个子用例的上报方式;例如对于用例1,比特位为1/0表示采用用例1.1的上报方式,上报选择了那些TRP,相反比特位为0/1时表示采用用例1.2的上报方式;对于每个用例下用户设备120只上报一种能力的,则用户设备120可以缺省告知网络侧采用哪种子用例对应的上报方式,从而降低信令指示的开销。 Method 2: For user equipment 120 that reports multiple capabilities for different use cases, the user equipment 120 can decide on its own which sub-use case reporting method to use. This method greatly increases the flexibility of multiple TRPs in performing CJT, but the user equipment 120 needs to specify in the reported information which sub-use case reporting method to use. For example, for the scenario of use case 3, since use case 3 contains 3 sub-use cases, if the user equipment 120 supports these three sub-use cases at the same time when reporting the capability item, the user equipment 120 needs to inform the network side of its own reporting type when reporting. Specifically, 2 bits can be used to indicate to the user equipment 120 which sub-use case reporting method is used; for use cases 1 and 2, the user equipment 120 only needs to use 1 bit to inform the network of which sub-use case reporting method is used when reporting; for example, for use case 1, a bit of 1/0 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.1 is used to report the selected TRPs, while a bit of 0/1 indicates that the reporting method of use case 1.2 is used; for each use case in which the user equipment 120 only reports one capability, the user equipment 120 can, by default, inform the network side of which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is used, thereby reducing the overhead of signaling indication.
方式三:网络侧可以通过用户设备120上报的内容隐式的确定用户设备120采用的是哪种子用例对应的上报方式,例如网络侧可以通过用户设备120上报信号的长度来确定用户设备120采用的是那个子用例对应的上报方式;这种方式有助于降低了信令开销。Method three: The network side can implicitly determine which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is adopted by the user equipment 120 through the content reported by the user equipment 120. For example, the network side can determine which sub-use case corresponding reporting method is adopted by the user equipment 120 through the length of the signal reported by the user equipment 120; this method helps to reduce signaling overhead.
实施例十二Example 12
此外,多输入多输出(Multiple Input Multiple Output,MIMO)通信系统码本增强方案设计。以下实施例在现有探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS)资源只支持1,2,4,8天线端口的情况下,支持上行3Tx的码本方案(codebook)设计。本公开主要从SRS资源的配置,以及发射预编码矩阵指示器(Transmit Precoding Matrix Indicator,TPMI)和发射秩指示器(Transmit Rank Indicator,TRI)的指示等方面进行方案设计。In addition, a codebook enhancement scheme is designed for a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) communication system. The following embodiments support uplink 3Tx codebook design when the existing Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resources only support 1, 2, 4, and 8 antenna ports. This disclosure mainly designs the scheme from aspects such as the configuration of SRS resources and the indication of the Transmit Precoding Matrix Indicator (TPMI) and the Transmit Rank Indicator (TRI).
通过本公开提供的方案,用户设备120可以支持上行3收发器(TRx)通道码本方案,从而提高上行的覆盖和吞吐量。同时,本公开方案对TRI和TPMI的指示量进行优化,可以降低基站110指示的开销。Through the solution provided by this disclosure, user equipment 120 can support the uplink 3-transceiver (TRx) channel codebook solution, thereby improving uplink coverage and throughput. At the same time, the solution disclosed in this disclosure optimizes the indication amount of TRI and TPMI, which can reduce the indication overhead of base station 110.
NR系统被设计用来提供多样化的服务以支持各种业务。然而,部分服务类型所需的大量上行传输受限于NR系统中的有限覆盖范围和有限吞吐量。如何增加上行吞吐量是一项挑战。NR systems are designed to provide diverse services to support a variety of businesses. However, the large uplink transmission requirements of some services are limited by the limited coverage and throughput of NR systems. Increasing uplink throughput is a challenge.
在实际应用中,商用手持设备,例如目前市场上的智能手机,通常受到只能使用两个发射链的限制。因此,这些商用手持设备的上行吞吐量受到制约。尽管NR规范支持最多4个射频通道,由于多种商业因素,包括功率放大器成本和商用手机尺寸的限制等,近期商用设备中难以实现使用4个射频通道。In practice, commercial handheld devices, such as current smartphones, are typically limited to using only two transmit chains. Consequently, their uplink throughput is limited. Although the NR specification supports up to four RF channels, various commercial factors, including power amplifier costs and the size limitations of commercial handsets, have made the use of four channels difficult to implement in commercial devices in the near future.
另一方面,随着硬件的成功演进,先进的智能手机能够在同一频段支持3个天线端口和发射链的射频通道。这使得设备可以通过比只使用2个射频通道多使用一个射频通道来提高上行吞吐量。相对于只有2个射频通道的设备,具备3个射频通道的设备在上行吞吐量上能够实现显著的增益,最高可增加达50%。这对于提供上行重负载服务将带来更优越的用户体验。On the other hand, with the successful evolution of hardware, advanced smartphones are now capable of supporting three antenna ports and transmit chain RF channels within the same frequency band. This allows devices to improve uplink throughput by using one more RF channel than with only two. Compared to devices with only two RF channels, devices with three RF channels can achieve significant gains in uplink throughput, up to 50%. This provides a superior user experience for services with heavy uplink traffic.
基于码本(codebook)的上行传输方案中,用户设备120首先向基站110发送SRS信号,用于获取上行CSI。In a codebook-based uplink transmission solution, the user equipment 120 first sends an SRS signal to the base station 110 to obtain uplink CSI.
所述基站110根据用户设备120发送的SRS信号进行上行信道检测,确定出上行传输对应的SRS资源,上行传输的层数(通过TRI指示的layer层数)和预编码矩阵(Transmit Precoding Matrix),进一步根据预编码矩阵和信道信息确定上行传输的调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)等级,然后基站110将物理上行链路共享信道(Physical uplink Shared Channel,PUSCH)的资源分配和相应的MCS、TPMI、秩(传输层数)(通过TRI指示的layer层数)和对应的探测参考信号资源指示(Sounding Reference Signal Resource Indicator,SRI)通知用户设备120。The base station 110 performs uplink channel detection according to the SRS signal sent by the user equipment 120, determines the SRS resources corresponding to the uplink transmission, the number of layers of the uplink transmission (the number of layers indicated by TRI) and the precoding matrix (Transmit Precoding Matrix), and further determines the modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level of the uplink transmission according to the precoding matrix and the channel information. Then, the base station 110 notifies the user equipment 120 of the resource allocation of the physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and the corresponding MCS, TPMI, rank (number of transmission layers) (the number of layers indicated by TRI) and the corresponding sounding reference signal resource indicator (SRI).
用户设备120根据基站110发送的MCS对数据进行调制编码,并利用SRI、TPMI和传输层数(通过TRI指示的layer层数)确定数据发送时使用的预编码矩阵和传输层数,进而对数据进行预编码并发送给所述基站110。The user equipment 120 modulates and encodes the data according to the MCS sent by the base station 110, and uses the SRI, TPMI and the number of transmission layers (the number of layers indicated by TRI) to determine the precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers used when sending the data, and then precodes the data and sends it to the base station 110.
非码本的上行传输方案中,用户设备120首先要测量下行参考信号,获得候选的上行预编码矩阵,然后基于候选的预编矩阵,对用户设备120发送的SRS信号做预编码。用户设备120发送所述SRS信号至基站110。In a non-codebook uplink transmission scheme, user equipment 120 first measures a downlink reference signal to obtain a candidate uplink precoding matrix, and then precodes the SRS signal transmitted by user equipment 120 based on the candidate precoding matrix. User equipment 120 transmits the SRS signal to base station 110.
所述基站110根据所述用户设备120发送的SRS信号进行上行信道检测,确定出上行传输对应的SRS资源和上行传输的MCS等级,并通知给用户设备120。基站110通过SRI指示SRS资源。基站110发送所述SRI及MCS至所述用户设备120。The base station 110 performs uplink channel detection based on the SRS signal sent by the user equipment 120, determines the SRS resources corresponding to the uplink transmission and the MCS level for the uplink transmission, and notifies the user equipment 120. The base station 110 indicates the SRS resources through the SRI. The base station 110 sends the SRI and MCS to the user equipment 120.
所述用户设备120根据所述基站110发送的MCS对数据进行调制编码,并利用所述SRI确定数据的预编码和传输层,对数据进行预编码后发送给所述基站110。 The user equipment 120 modulates and codes the data according to the MCS sent by the base station 110 , determines the precoding and transmission layer of the data using the SRI, and precodes the data before sending it to the base station 110 .
除非将更高层参数ul-FullPowerTransmission设置为'fullpowerMode2',当通过SRS资源集(SRS-ResourceSet)以基于码本的方式配置多个SRS资源时,用户设备120期望SRS-ResourceSet中的所有这些SRS资源(SRS-Resource)配置相同的SRS端口数(通过更高层参数nrofSRS-Ports的值配置)。Unless the higher layer parameter ul-FullPowerTransmission is set to 'fullpowerMode2', when multiple SRS resources are configured in a codebook-based manner via an SRS resource set (SRS-ResourceSet), the user equipment 120 expects all these SRS resources (SRS-Resource) in the SRS-ResourceSet to be configured with the same number of SRS ports (configured via the value of the higher layer parameter nrofSRS-Ports).
其中一个技术问题是,现有SRS资源支持1/2/4/8天线端口,不支持3天线端口。针对3天线端口的码本方案设计,要解决的技术问题是如何配置SRS参考信号资源?One technical issue is that existing SRS resources support 1, 2, 4, or 8 antenna ports, but not 3. The design of a codebook solution for 3 antenna ports requires a technical solution: how to allocate SRS reference signal resources?
其中另一个技术问题是,针对上行3天线端口码本,基于不同的SRS资源配置,如何增强SRI指示,以及TPMI信息?Another technical issue is how to enhance the SRI indication and TPMI information based on different SRS resource configurations for the uplink 3-antenna port codebook?
现有SRS资源支持1/2/4/8天线端口,不支持3天线端口,当采用基于码本的上行传输时,RRC中上行全功率传输‘FullPowerTransmission’配置为‘全功率(fullpower)’时,3天线端口可以通过在一个SRS资源集中配置2个2天线端口的SRS资源来实现,具体的配置方式可以是一个SRS资源集配置至少2个2天线端口SRS资源,如图9所示,在图9中,配置3个2天线端口的SRS资源,其中每三个SRS天线端口为一组,这样3个2端口的SRS资源可以构成2个3天线端口的SRS信号传输;上述配置可以通过RRC信令进行指示。同时,对于同一资源集中的不同SRS资源,每个天线端口占用的符号个数相同,或占用相同的符号,这样有助于保证所有的天线端口的覆盖范围基本一致。Existing SRS resources support 1/2/4/8 antenna ports, but not 3 antenna ports. When codebook-based uplink transmission is used and the uplink full-power transmission 'FullPowerTransmission' in the RRC is configured as 'full power', 3 antenna ports can be implemented by configuring two 2-antenna-port SRS resources in an SRS resource set. The specific configuration method is to configure at least two 2-antenna-port SRS resources in an SRS resource set, as shown in Figure 9. In Figure 9, three 2-antenna-port SRS resources are configured, where each group of three SRS antenna ports forms a group. In this way, the three 2-port SRS resources can constitute two 3-antenna-port SRS signal transmissions; the above configuration can be indicated through RRC signaling. At the same time, for different SRS resources in the same resource set, each antenna port occupies the same number of symbols, or occupies the same symbols, which helps to ensure that the coverage of all antenna ports is basically consistent.
基于上述配置,当用户设备120需要生效3Tx码本传输时,基于现有技术中的3天线端口的非相关码本信息,主要执行以下步骤:Based on the above configuration, when the user equipment 120 needs to activate 3Tx codebook transmission, based on the non-correlated codebook information of 3 antenna ports in the prior art, the following steps are mainly performed:
Step1:用户设备120上报支持3Tx码本传输;Step 1: The user equipment 120 reports that it supports 3Tx codebook transmission;
Step2:基站110基于用户设备120上报的的能力,通过RRC给用户设备120配置SRS资源,例如,给用户设备120配置1或2个SRS资源集,资源集下包含1或多个SRS天线端口组,每个天线端口组由跨两个2天线端口的SRS资源构成;Step 2: The base station 110 configures SRS resources for the user equipment 120 through RRC based on the capabilities reported by the user equipment 120. For example, one or two SRS resource sets are configured for the user equipment 120. Each resource set includes one or more SRS antenna port groups, and each antenna port group consists of SRS resources across two antenna ports.
Step3:用户设备120基于基站110下发的SRS资源配置,发送上行SRS信号;Step 3: The user equipment 120 sends an uplink SRS signal based on the SRS resource configuration sent by the base station 110;
Step4:基站110基于测量的SRS信号结果,确定SRI、TPMI、MCS等级等信息,并通过DCI指示给用户设备120,其中DCI信息中,当上行全功率传输‘FullPowerTransmission’没有配置,或配置为‘fullpower’时,且传输预编码没有生效,最大rank为3,码本类型为“非相干码本”时,TPMI通过3bit指示,具体含义如下表所示,对应的bit指示的含义如表1所示。Step 4: The base station 110 determines information such as SRI, TPMI, and MCS level based on the measured SRS signal result, and indicates it to the user equipment 120 through DCI. In the DCI information, when the uplink full power transmission 'FullPowerTransmission' is not configured, or is configured as 'fullpower', and the transmission precoding is not effective, the maximum rank is 3, and the codebook type is "non-coherent codebook", TPMI is indicated by 3 bits. The specific meaning is shown in the following table, and the meaning of the corresponding bit indication is shown in Table 1.
表1:3天线端口的预编码信息和层数
Table 1: Precoding information and number of layers for 3 antenna ports
其中,SRI指示bit数为|log2(NSRS-group)|,其中,NSRS-group为SRS资源集中配置的SRS天线端口组的数目。 The number of SRI indication bits is |log 2 (N SRS-group )|, where N SRS-group is the number of SRS antenna port groups configured in the SRS resource set.
Step5:用户设备120根据基站110发送的MCS对数据进行调制编码,并利用SRI、TPMI和传输层数确定数据发送时使用的预编码矩阵和传输层数,进而对数据进行预编码并发送给基站110。Step 5: The user equipment 120 modulates and encodes the data according to the MCS sent by the base station 110, and uses the SRI, TPMI and the number of transmission layers to determine the precoding matrix and the number of transmission layers used when sending the data, and then precodes the data and sends it to the base station 110.
值得注意的是,上述个实施例也可以独立实施,也可以相互结合实施。It should be noted that the above embodiments may be implemented independently or in combination with each other.
本文所描述的是信道状态信息CSI测量和上报的方法,适用如UE与基站110之间的通信。然而,这些发明构思、方法、装置、设备、计算机可读存储介质、芯片和计算机程序产品等并不限于5G通信,还可以扩展到其他通信场景中,如6G通信,以实现相同的技术益处和效果。Described herein is a method for measuring and reporting channel state information (CSI), which is applicable, for example, to communications between a UE and a base station 110. However, these inventive concepts, methods, apparatuses, devices, computer-readable storage media, chips, and computer program products are not limited to 5G communications and can also be extended to other communication scenarios, such as 6G communications, to achieve the same technical benefits and effects.
在这些可扩展的通信场景中,通信设备可以是用户设备(UE)、基站(如gNB、eNodeB、传输接收点(TRP)、下一代通信的NodeB或WIFI接入点等),或者网元等实体。用户设备(UE)是指用于在用户端进行通信的设备,如移动电话,也可以称为用户设备、移动台站或移动用户设备。UE可以是多种设备,包括但不限于手机、平板电脑、虚拟现实(VR)设备、增强现实(AR)设备、工业控制的无线用户设备、自动驾驶的无线用户设备、远程医疗手术的无线用户设备、智能电网的无线用户设备、环境监测的无线用户设备、智能城市的无线用户设备和智能家居的无线用户设备等等。In these scalable communication scenarios, a communication device can be a user equipment (UE), a base station (such as a gNB, eNodeB, transmission reception point (TRP), a next-generation communication NodeB, or a Wi-Fi access point), or an entity such as a network element. A user equipment (UE) refers to a device used for communication at the user end, such as a mobile phone. It can also be called a user device, mobile station, or mobile user equipment. A UE can be a variety of devices, including but not limited to mobile phones, tablets, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality (AR) devices, wireless user equipment for industrial control, wireless user equipment for autonomous driving, wireless user equipment for telemedicine, wireless user equipment for smart grids, wireless user equipment for environmental monitoring, wireless user equipment for smart cities, and wireless user equipment for smart homes.
此外,UE和基站可以在不同环境中进行部署,包括但不限于室内、室外、手持设备、车载设备,或甚至部署在水上、空中、飞机、无人机或卫星上。Furthermore, UEs and base stations can be deployed in different environments, including but not limited to indoors, outdoors, as handheld devices, in vehicles, or even on water, in the air, on airplanes, drones, or satellites.
因此,尽管本文描述了用于信道状态信息CSI上报的的方法和设备等,但其中所包含的发明构思和技术可以扩展到其他通信场景中,并且预期能够实现相同的技术益处和效果。容易领会的是,无论是在不同类型的基站和用户设备之间的通信,还是在不同的部署环境中进行通信,这些发明构思都具有广泛的适用性和可扩展性。Therefore, although this document describes methods and devices for reporting channel state information (CSI), the inventive concepts and technologies contained therein can be extended to other communication scenarios and are expected to achieve the same technical benefits and effects. It is easy to understand that these inventive concepts have broad applicability and scalability, whether in communications between different types of base stations and user equipment, or in different deployment environments.
需要注意,上述步骤仅为示例,并不限制本公开的范围。在不脱离本公开精神和范围的情况下,可以对步骤进行各种修改和变化。It should be noted that the above steps are merely examples and do not limit the scope of the present disclosure. Various modifications and variations can be made to the steps without departing from the spirit and scope of the present disclosure.
所描述的步骤(信令/框)的顺序不旨在被理解为限制,并且可以跳过或以任何顺序组合任意数量的所描述的步骤(信令/框)以实现方法或可替换的方法。The order of the described steps (signaling/boxes) is not intended to be construed as a limitation, and any number of the described steps (signaling/boxes) may be skipped or combined in any order to implement a method or an alternative method.
本公开在上述实施方式中描述网络架构中用户设备与网元组件之间的通信的示例,其主要出于示例目的而不是限制性的。The present disclosure describes an example of communication between user equipment and network element components in a network architecture in the above embodiments, which is mainly for illustrative purposes and not restrictive.
所描述的步骤(信令/框)的顺序不旨在被解释为限制,并且能够跳过或以任何顺序组合任何数量的所描述的步骤(信令/框)以实现方法或替代方法。通常,能够使用软件、固件、硬件(例如,固定逻辑电路)、手动处理或其任意组合来实现本文中描述的组件、模块、方法和操作的任何一个。可以在存储在计算机处理系统本地和/或远程的计算机可读存储器上的可执行指令的一般场境中描述示例方法的一些操作,并且实施方式能够包括软件应用、程序、函数等。替代地或另外,本文中描述的任何功能能够至少部分地由一个或多个硬件逻辑组件执行,诸如但不限于现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、专用标准产品(ASSP)、片上系统(SoC)、复杂可编程逻辑器件(CPLD)等。The order of the steps (signaling/boxes) described is not intended to be interpreted as limiting, and any number of the steps (signaling/boxes) described can be skipped or combined in any order to implement a method or alternative method. Typically, any of the components, modules, methods, and operations described herein can be implemented using software, firmware, hardware (e.g., fixed logic circuitry), manual processing, or any combination thereof. Some operations of the example methods can be described in the general context of executable instructions stored on a computer-readable memory locally and/or remotely on a computer processing system, and implementation methods can include software applications, programs, functions, and the like. Alternatively or in addition, any function described herein can be performed, at least in part, by one or more hardware logic components, such as, but not limited to, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), an application specific standard product (ASSP), a system on a chip (SoC), a complex programmable logic device (CPLD), and the like.
此外,本公开实施例中描述的信令传递可以以本领域已知的任何方式来实现。例如,信令传递可以为显式和/或隐式的。此外,所图示的步骤(信令/框)仅出于示例目的,而不旨在限制本申请。In addition, the signaling described in the embodiments of the present disclosure can be implemented in any manner known in the art. For example, the signaling can be explicit and/or implicit. In addition, the steps (signaling/frames) shown are for illustrative purposes only and are not intended to limit the present application.
图10是本公开提供的一种无线通信设备900示意性结构图。其中,所述无线通信设备包括:处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,所述处理器用于调用并运行所述存储器中存储的计算机程序,执行以下操作的指令:FIG10 is a schematic structural diagram of a wireless communication device 900 provided by the present disclosure. The wireless communication device includes: a processor and a memory, the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory, and perform the following operations:
接收第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用 于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;Receive first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; the second indication information indicates To indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束,确定待选择的天线端口;Determining an antenna port to be selected based on the first indication information and/or predefined constraints;
基于所述第一指示信息和/或预定义的约束、第二指示信息,计算CSI并上报所述CSI。Based on the first indication information and/or the predefined constraint and the second indication information, CSI is calculated and reported.
或or
接收用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于第一预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;receiving channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a first predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; and all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance;
基于码本参数信息或码本参数组合信息和所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,计算信道状态信息CSI并上报。Based on the codebook parameter information or the codebook parameter combination information and the CSI-RS resource configuration information, channel state information CSI is calculated and reported.
或or
接收用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;receiving channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into a plurality of CSI-RS resource groups;
基于所述CSI-RS资源配置信息,上报至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。Based on the CSI-RS resource configuration information, at least one channel state information CSI reporting instance is reported, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the multiple CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
或or
发送第一指示信息和第二指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示已选择的与若干信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口或已选择的与若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口数,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;所述第二指示信息用于指示支持的码本参数或码本参数组合;Sending first indication information and second indication information, wherein the first indication information indicates selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resources or the number of selected antenna ports corresponding to a number of CSI-RS resources, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to the number of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold; and the second indication information is used to indicate supported codebook parameters or codebook parameter combinations;
接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。The receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
或or
发送用于信道测量和/或干扰测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息,其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息包括至少一个CSI-RS资源集合,所述至少一个CSI-RS资源集合包括若干CSI-RS资源组,与每个CSI-RS资源组对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值;连续的两个CSI-RS资源位于同一或相邻的时隙;所有的CSI-RS资源基于相同的触发实例触发;所述预定义阈值为32;Sending channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information for channel measurement and/or interference measurement, wherein the CSI-RS resource configuration information includes at least one CSI-RS resource set, the at least one CSI-RS resource set includes multiple CSI-RS resource groups, and the total number of antenna ports corresponding to each CSI-RS resource group is greater than a predefined threshold; two consecutive CSI-RS resources are located in the same or adjacent time slots; all CSI-RS resources are triggered based on the same trigger instance; and the predefined threshold is 32;
接收终端反馈的信道状态信息CSI,并根据接收到的所述CSI恢复出预编码信息,并基于所述预编码信息发送数据或控制信息。The receiving terminal feeds back channel state information CSI, recovers precoding information according to the received CSI, and sends data or control information based on the precoding information.
或or
发送用于信道测量的信道状态信息参考信号CSI-RS资源配置信息;其中,所述CSI-RS资源配置信息对应的CSI-RS资源分为多个CSI-RS资源组;Sending channel state information reference signal CSI-RS resource configuration information for channel measurement; wherein the CSI-RS resources corresponding to the CSI-RS resource configuration information are divided into multiple CSI-RS resource groups;
接收至少一个信道状态信息CSI上报实例,其中,一个所述CSI上报实例对应一个CSI-RS资源组,所述若干CSI-RS资源对应的天线端口总数大于预定义阈值。At least one channel state information (CSI) reporting instance is received, wherein one CSI reporting instance corresponds to one CSI-RS resource group, and a total number of antenna ports corresponding to the plurality of CSI-RS resources is greater than a predefined threshold.
该无线通信设备可以是用户设备,也可以是基站,也可以是网元,图10所示的无线通信设备900包括处理器910,处理器910可以从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。The wireless communication device may be a user device, a base station, or a network element. The wireless communication device 900 shown in FIG10 includes a processor 910. The processor 910 may call and run a computer program from a memory to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application.
可选地,如图10所示,无线通信设备900还可以包括存储器920。其中,处理器910可以从存储器920中调用并运行计算机程序,以实现本申请实施例中的方法。其中,存储器920可以是独立于处理器910的一个单独的器件,也可以集成在处理器910中。Optionally, as shown in FIG10 , the wireless communication device 900 may further include a memory 920. The processor 910 may call and execute a computer program from the memory 920 to implement the method in the embodiment of the present application. The memory 920 may be a separate device independent of the processor 910 or may be integrated into the processor 910.
可选地,如图10所示,无线通信设备900还可以包括收发器930,处理器910可以控制该 收发器930与其他设备进行通信,具体地,可以向其他设备发送信息或数据,或接收其他设备发送的信息或数据。其中,收发器930可以包括发射机和接收机。收发器930还可以进一步包括天线,天线的数量可以为一个或多个。Optionally, as shown in FIG10 , the wireless communication device 900 may further include a transceiver 930 , and the processor 910 may control the transceiver 930 . The transceiver 930 communicates with other devices. Specifically, it can send information or data to other devices or receive information or data sent by other devices. The transceiver 930 may include a transmitter and a receiver. The transceiver 930 may further include an antenna, and the number of antennas may be one or more.
可选地,该无线通信设备900具体可为本申请实施例的基站,并且该无线通信设备900可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由基站实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the wireless communication device 900 may specifically be a base station in an embodiment of the present application, and the wireless communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the base station in each method in the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
可选地,该无线通信设备900具体可为本申请实施例的移动用户设备/用户设备,并且该无线通信设备900可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由移动用户设备/用户设备实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the wireless communication device 900 may specifically be a mobile user device/user device in an embodiment of the present application, and the wireless communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the mobile user device/user device in each method of the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
可选地,该无线通信设备900具体可为本申请实施例的网元,并且该无线通信设备900可以实现本申请实施例的各个方法中由网元实现的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the wireless communication device 900 may specifically be a network element in an embodiment of the present application, and the wireless communication device 900 may implement the corresponding processes implemented by the network element in each method in the embodiment of the present application. For the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
根据示例实施例,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括:处理器,用于从存储器中调用并运行计算机程序,使得安装有所述芯片的设备执行根据上述实施例、示例、或示例实施例中任一项所述的方法。According to an example embodiment, a chip is provided, comprising: a processor for calling and running a computer program from a memory, so that a device equipped with the chip executes a method according to any one of the above embodiments, examples, or exemplary embodiments.
根据示例实施例,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,用于存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序使得计算机执行根据上述实施例、示例、或示例实施例中任一项所述的方法。According to an example embodiment, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program, wherein the computer program causes a computer to execute a method according to any one of the above-mentioned embodiments, examples, or exemplary embodiments.
根据示例实施例,提供了一种计算机程序产品,包括计算机程序/指令,所述计算机程序/指令被处理器执行时(例如由所述处理器或包括所述处理器的装置、设备、计算机或机器等)实施根据上述实施例、示例、或示例实施例中任一项所述的方法。According to an example embodiment, a computer program product is provided, comprising a computer program/instruction, which, when executed by a processor (e.g., by the processor or an apparatus, device, computer or machine including the processor), implements a method according to any one of the above-mentioned embodiments, examples, or example embodiments.
本公开的实施例是可以在3GPP规范中采用的技术/过程的组合以创建最终产品。The embodiments of the present disclosure are a combination of techniques/processes that may be employed in 3GPP specifications to create a final product.
虽然已经结合被认为是最实用和优选的实施例描述了本公开,但是应当理解,本公开不限于所公开的实施例,而是旨在覆盖在不脱离所附权利要求的最广泛解释的范围的情况下所做出的各种布置。 While the present disclosure has been described in connection with what is considered to be the most practical and preferred embodiment, it is to be understood that the disclosure is not limited to the disclosed embodiment, but is intended to cover various arrangements embodied within the broadest interpretation of the appended claims.
Claims (60)
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/086217 WO2025208598A1 (en) | 2024-04-05 | 2024-04-05 | Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication device |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/086217 WO2025208598A1 (en) | 2024-04-05 | 2024-04-05 | Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025208598A1 true WO2025208598A1 (en) | 2025-10-09 |
Family
ID=97266062
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2024/086217 Pending WO2025208598A1 (en) | 2024-04-05 | 2024-04-05 | Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication device |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025208598A1 (en) |
-
2024
- 2024-04-05 WO PCT/CN2024/086217 patent/WO2025208598A1/en active Pending
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7695965B2 (en) | Signaling to support CSI feedback for enhanced NR type II | |
| US12199717B2 (en) | Methods and apparatuses for providing antenna port related information in a communications network | |
| US20200119797A1 (en) | Communication method and communications apparatus | |
| US20200014455A1 (en) | Beam information feedback method and apparatus, and configuration information feedback method and apparatus | |
| CN110475355B (en) | Method, device and system for beam training | |
| US9532256B2 (en) | Receiver-aided multi-user MIMO and coordinated beamforming | |
| US20220264318A1 (en) | Reporting for mu-mimo using beam management | |
| CN103339873B (en) | Channel state information feedback method and device in multi-node system | |
| US11811484B2 (en) | Apparatuses and methods for multi-user transmissions | |
| KR20220132670A (en) | Concurrent channel state information (csi) capability reporting using multiple codebooks | |
| WO2020037447A1 (en) | Power control method and device, and terminal | |
| WO2020029233A1 (en) | Channel state information reporting method and apparatus | |
| JP2019511883A (en) | Method and apparatus for precoding matrix indicator feedback | |
| US20200007213A1 (en) | Method of csi reporting | |
| US12316419B2 (en) | Information transmission method and apparatus | |
| CN112585884A (en) | Communication method, device, network equipment, terminal equipment and system | |
| CN115175161A (en) | Communication method and device | |
| US20250386229A1 (en) | Measurement and reporting method, device, and communication device | |
| CN116566454B (en) | Feedback method and device for beam information and configuration information | |
| CN112740564B (en) | Communication method, device and system | |
| CN115776363B (en) | A time unit determination method, terminal, network device and storage medium | |
| CN115473589B (en) | Calibration processing method, device and equipment | |
| WO2025208598A1 (en) | Channel state information (csi) measurement and reporting method, and wireless communication device | |
| WO2020061942A1 (en) | Power distribution method, terminal device and network device | |
| US20250202555A1 (en) | Csi-rs reception for high mobility |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 24933547 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |